Capital City Bank Group Inc.
Annual Report 2011

Plain-text annual report

Annual Report 2011 AnnuAl shAReowneRs’ meeting april 24, 2012 Augustus B. Turnbull III Florida State Conference Center | 555 W. Pensacola St., Tallahassee, Florida | 10 a.m. About cApitAl city bAnk gRoup, inc. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: CCBG) is one of the largest publicly traded financial services companies headquartered in Florida and has approximately $2.6 billion in assets. The Company provides a full range of banking services, including traditional deposit and credit services, asset management, trust, mortgage banking, merchant services, bankcards, data processing and securities brokerage services. The Company’s bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank, was founded in 1895 and now has 70 banking offices and 78 ATMs in Florida, Georgia and Alabama. For more information about Capital City Bank Group, Inc., visit www.ccbg.com. finAnciAl highlights Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data For the Year: Net Income: Per Common Share Data: net income - basic net income - Diluted book Value Key Ratios: Return on Average Assets Return on Average equity net interest margin total capital tier i leverage tangible common equity Balance Sheet Data: Average loans Average earning Assets Average total Assets 2011 2010 $ 4,897 $ (413) $ 0.29 0.29 14.68 1.86% 0.19% 4.18% 15.32% 13.96% 6.51% $ (0.02) (0.02) 15.15 (0.16%) (0.02%) 4.32% 14.50% 13.14% 6.82% $ 1,686,995 $ 1,829,193 2,221,317 2,294,282 2,583,197 2,644,731 Average non-interest bearing Deposits 567,987 462,445 Average total Deposits 2,081,583 2,192,323 Average shareowners’ equity 263,048 264,679 A letteR to ouR shAReowneRs Many predicted the financial industry would see substantial improvements in 2011 as the country made its way out of this tough economic cycle. I have held the road to recovery would be bumpy. Capital City Bank saw our share of successes and disappointments during 2011, though I am happy to report, on the whole, it was a much better year than 2010. Earnings per share of $.29 were not where they can be long-term but reflect a significant improvement over the past couple of years. While the economy did not recover as quickly as we would have liked, Capital City saw the challenge as an opportunity to lay a foundation for the future. As we navigated 2011’s shifting landscape and narrowing revenue opportunities, we focused on optimizing our operations and maximizing our impact in areas we could affect. Asset quality continues to be our primary focus. While the level of non-performing assets is embarrassingly high, we believe it is very manageable. We are blessed with a capital base that should not only enable us to weather the storm, but also to deal with problem credits and other real estate in a prudent and timely manner. More importantly, Capital City has a team of talented folks capable of working through these difficult and frustrating issues. “As we navigated 2011’s shifting landscape and narrowing revenue opportunities, we focused on optimizing our operations and maximizing our impact in areas we could affect.” Through a year-long, concentrated effort on expanding our client relationships and growing our deposit base, we produced a favorable shift in our deposit mix. Average non-interest bearing deposits grew by $105 million, reaching 28 percent of total deposits at year-end. This annual increase of 23 percent reflects our clients’ continued confidence in their Capital City bankers and the stability and soundness of our franchise. While loan demand has not returned to the robust levels we enjoyed in the past, we remained committed to the practices that sustained us during the initial decline and through the days that followed. We emphasized managing within our risk parameters and through a concentrated, enterprise-wide effort, improved the quality of our overall loan portfolio. Though non-performing assets increased slightly, we decreased past dues and classified loans for the year and sold $28 million in other real estate owned – more than the prior two years combined. During the fourth quarter, Capital City Bank Group suspended the payment of its dividend. This was a painful, but prudent, decision that will allow the Company to add to its already strong risk-based capital position of 15.3% at year end. As I write this letter, I am encouraged by the economy. Loan demand, while still anemic, is showing some signs of life. Auto financing and home equity lines continue to be fairly active. The market for bank owned property is improving and buyers are ready to purchase. The fact Capital City has been selling other real estate at 100% of book value is another sign of conservative management and a disciplined approach. I have the opportunity to work with a talented group of associates. Our senior team of 15 executives, with an average tenure of 22 years, has the experience necessary to lead the Company through this economic cycle and beyond. “while loan demand has not returned to the robust levels we enjoyed in the past, we remained committed to the practices that sustained us during the initial decline and through the days that followed. ” Though this economic cycle has lingered longer than some anticipated, I am optimistic about the future and confident that Capital City is up to the challenge in 2012. We move forward sustained by a 117-year community banking tradition, guided by the wisdom of our Capital City directors and backed by the longevity of our management team, quality of our associates and integrity of our brand. Through measured decision-making and tireless hard work, we have built the momentum that will propel us through the days to come as we focus on reducing problem assets, growing our loan portfolio, improving profitability and maintaining our enviable core deposit base. As always, I thank you for your continued support and welcome your comments and questions. Your banker, William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer ouR leADeRs William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Serving Since 1982 DuBose Ausley Attorney Ausley & McMullen, PA Serving Since 1982 Thomas A. Barron President Capital City Bank Serving Since 1982 William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 33 years of service Thomas A. Barron President Capital City Bank 37 years of service J. Kimbrough Davis Chief Financial Officer 30 years of service Tom W. Allen Sales Leadership 3 years of service Edward G. Canup Commercial Banking 28 years of service BOARD OF DIRECTORS Frederick Carroll, III Managing Partner Carroll and Company, CPAs Serving Since 2003 Cader B. Cox, III Chairman and Secretary Riverview Plantation, Inc. Serving Since 1994 J. Everitt Drew President SouthGroup Equities, Inc. Serving Since 2003 John K. Humphress Partner Wadsworth, Humphress, Hollar & Konrad, PA Serving Since 1994 Lina S. Knox Community Volunteer Serving Since 1998 Dr. Henry L. Lewis III President Florida Memorial University Serving Since 2003 SENIOR mANAgEmENT TEAm William D. Colledge MetroCommunity Banking 23 years of service Randolph M. Pople Capital City Trust Company 21 years of service Bethany H. Corum Capital City Services Company 5 years of service B. Randall Sharpton Internal Audit 32 years of service Dale A. Thompson Credit Administration 32 years of service Edwin N. West, Jr. Leon County President 13 years of service Mitchell R. Englert Community Banking 38 years of service Brooke W. Hallock Chief Brand Officer 7 years of service Karen H. Love Residential Mortgage Lending 17 years of service William L. Moor, Jr. Capital City Banc Investments 24 years of service UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, DC 20549 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 OR TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from ____________ to ____________ (cid:58) (cid:134) (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Florida (State of Incorporation) 0-13358 (Commission File Number) 59-2273542 (IRS Employer Identification No.) 217 North Monroe Street, Tallahassee, Florida (Address of principal executive offices) 32301 (Zip Code) (850) 671-0300 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Each Class Common Stock, $0.01 par value Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:134) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:95) No (cid:134) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:134) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act Large accelerated filer (cid:134) Accelerated filer (cid:95) Non-accelerated filer (cid:134) Smaller reporting company (cid:134) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:134) No (cid:95) The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2011, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $99,090,273 (based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date). Shares of the registrant’s common stock held by each officer and director and each person known to the registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding voting power of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for other purposes. Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. Class Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share Outstanding at February 29, 2012 17,182,087 shares DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held on April 24, 2012, are incorporated by reference in Part III. CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. ANNUAL REPORT FOR 2011 ON FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosure Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowner Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 2 PART I Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. PART IV Item 15. Signatures PAGE 4 22 31 31 31 31 31 33 34 64 65 105 105 105 107 107 107 107 107 108 110 INTRODUCTORY NOTE This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward- looking statements. All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. In addition to those risks discussed in this Annual Report under Item 1A Risk Factors, factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, include, without limitation: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) our need and our ability to incur additional debt or equity financing; the accuracy of our financial statement estimates and assumptions, including the estimate for our loan loss provision; continued depression of the market value of the Company that could result in an impairment of goodwill; the frequency and magnitude of foreclosure of our loans; the effects of our lack of a diversified loan portfolio, including the risks of geographic and industry concentrations; our ability to successfully manage interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and other risks inherent to our industry; legislative or regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act; the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct operations; restrictions on our operations, including the inability to pay dividends without our regulators’ consent; the effects of the health and soundness of other financial institutions, including the FDIC’s need to increase Deposit Insurance Fund assessments; our ability to declare and pay dividends; changes in the securities and real estate markets; changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government; inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations; the effects of harsh weather conditions, including hurricanes, and man-made disasters; our ability to comply with the extensive laws and regulations to which we are subject; the willingness of clients to accept third-party products and services rather than our products and services and vice versa; increased competition and its effect on pricing; technological changes; negative publicity and the impact on our reputation; the effects of security breaches and computer viruses that may affect our computer systems; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; growth and profitability of our noninterest income; changes in accounting principles, policies, practices or guidelines; the limited trading activity of our common stock; the concentration of ownership of our common stock; anti-takeover provisions under federal and state law as well as our Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws; other risks described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing. However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, except as required by applicable law. 3 PART I Item 1. Business General About Us Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida. CCBG was incorporated under Florida law on December 13, 1982, to acquire five national banks and one state bank that all subsequently became part of CCBG’s bank subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank”). In this report, the terms “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our” mean CCBG and all subsidiaries included in our consolidated financial statements. We provide traditional deposit and credit services, asset management, trust, mortgage banking, merchant services, bank cards, data processing, and securities brokerage services through 70 full-service banking locations in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama. CCB operates these banking locations. The majority of our revenue, approximately 78%, is derived from our Florida market areas while approximately 21% and 1% of our revenue are derived from our Georgia and Alabama market areas, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we had total consolidated assets of approximately $2.641 billion, total deposits of approximately $2.173 billion and shareowners’ equity was approximately $251.9 million. Our total assets at year-end 2010 were $2.622 billion and for year-end 2009 totaled $2.517 billion. Total revenue and net income/(loss) for the last three fiscal years were $158.3 million and $4.9 million, respectively for 2011, $167.3 million and ($0.4 million), respectively for 2010, and $180.2 million and ($3.5 million), respectively for 2009. Our financial condition and results of operations are more fully discussed in our management discussion and analysis on page 34 and our consolidated financial statements on page 65. Dividends and management fees received from the Bank are our primary source of income. Dividend payments by the Bank to us depend on the capitalization, earnings and projected growth of the Bank, and are limited by various regulatory restrictions. See the section entitled “Regulatory Considerations” in this Item 1 and Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional restrictions. We had a total of 959 (full-time equivalent) associates at March 1, 2012. Page 33 contains other financial and statistical information about us. Subsidiaries of CCBG CCBG’s principal asset is the capital stock of the Bank. CCB, our banking subsidiary, accounted for approximately 100% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2011, and approximately 100% of consolidated net income for the year ended December 31, 2011. In addition to our banking subsidiary, we have three primary indirect subsidiaries, Capital City Trust Company, Capital City Banc Investments, Inc., and Capital City Services Company, all of which are wholly- owned subsidiaries of CCB. We also have two direct wholly-owned subsidiaries of CCBG, CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG Capital Trust II, which were formed in connection with two issuances of trust preferred securities. The nature of our primary indirect subsidiaries is provided below. Operating Segment We have one reportable segment with four principal services: Banking Services (CCB), Data Processing Services (Capital City Services Co.), Trust and Asset Management Services (Capital City Trust Co.), and Brokerage Services (Capital City Banc Investments). Revenues from each of these principal services for the year ended 2011 totaled approximately 93.1%, 2.0%, 2.8%, and 2.1% of our total revenue, respectively. In 2010 and 2009, Banking Services (CCB) revenue was approximately 93.1% and 93.6% of our total revenue, respectively. Capital City Bank CCB is a Florida-chartered full-service bank engaged in the commercial and retail banking business. Significant services offered by the Bank include: (cid:131) (cid:131) Business Banking – The Bank provides banking services to corporations and other business clients. Credit products are available for a wide variety of general business purposes, including financing for commercial business properties, equipment, inventories and accounts receivable, as well as commercial leasing and letters of credit. We also provide treasury management services, and, through a marketing alliance with Elavon, Inc., merchant credit card transaction processing services. Commercial Real Estate Lending – The Bank provides a wide range of products to meet the financing needs of commercial developers and investors, residential builders and developers, and community development. Credit products are available to facilitate the purchase of land and/or build structures for business use and for investors who are developing residential or commercial property. 4 (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) Residential Real Estate Lending – The Bank provides products to help meet the home financing needs of consumers, including conventional permanent and construction/permanent (fixed, adjustable, or variable rate) financing arrangements, and FHA/VA loan products. The bank offers both fixed-rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage (ARM) loans. A portion of our loans originated are sold into the secondary market. The Bank offers these products through its existing network of banking offices. We do not originate subprime residential real estate loans. Retail Credit – The Bank provides a full range of loan products to meet the needs of consumers, including personal loans, automobile loans, boat/RV loans, home equity loans, and through a marketing alliance with ELAN we offer credit card programs. Institutional Banking – The Bank provides banking services to meet the needs of state and local governments, public schools and colleges, charities, membership and not-for-profit associations including customized checking and savings accounts, cash management systems, tax- exempt loans, lines of credit, and term loans. Retail Banking – The Bank provides a full range of consumer banking services, including checking accounts, savings programs, automated teller machines (ATMs), debit/credit cards, night deposit services, safe deposit facilities, PC/Internet banking, and mobile banking. Clients can use Capital City Bank Direct which offers a “live” call center between the hours of 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday and from 9 a.m. to 12 noon on Saturday. The call center can also be accessed via live chat through the internet. Bank Direct also offers an automated phone system offering 24-hour access to client deposit and loan account information and transfer of funds between linked accounts. The Bank is a member of the “Star” ATM Network that permits banking clients to access cash at ATMs or “point-of-sale” merchants. Capital City Trust Company Capital City Trust Company (the “Trust Company”) is the investment management arm of CCB. The Trust Company provides asset management for individuals through agency, personal trust, IRAs, and personal investment management accounts. Administration of pension, profit sharing, and 401(k) plans is a significant product line. Associations, endowments, and other nonprofit entities hire the Trust Company to manage their investment portfolios. Additionally, a staff of well-trained professionals serves individuals requiring the services of a trustee, personal representative, or a guardian. The market value of trust assets under discretionary management exceeded $660.6 million as of December 31, 2011, with total assets under administration exceeding $733.1 million. Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. offers access to retail investment products through INVEST Financial Corporation, a member of FINRA and SIPC. Non- deposit investment and insurance products are: (i) not FDIC insured; (ii) not deposits, obligations, or guaranteed by any bank; and (iii) subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal amount invested. Capital City Banc Investments, Inc. offers a full line of retail securities products, including U.S. Government bonds, tax-free municipal bonds, stocks, mutual funds, unit investment trusts, annuities, life insurance and long-term health care. We are not an affiliate of INVEST Financial Corporation. Capital City Services Company Capital City Services Company (the “Services Company”) provides data processing services to financial institutions (including CCB), government agencies, and commercial clients located in North Florida and South Georgia. As of March 1, 2012, the Services Company is providing data processing services to five correspondent banks, which have relationships with CCB. Regulatory Matter Capital City Bank As previously disclosed, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) recently conducted a regular safety and soundness examination of CCB. In accordance with their findings, the Federal Reserve requested that the CCB Board of Directors approve a board resolution addressing matters described below (the “2012 Bank Resolution”). Because we have fully complied with the obligations of the board resolution adopted by the CCB Board of Directors in February 2010 (the “Existing Bank Resolution”), the 2012 Bank Resolution supersedes and replaces the Existing Bank Resolution. From a regulatory perspective and the same as the Existing Bank Resolution, the 2012 Bank Resolution is an informal, nonpublic agreement, which is the mildest form of supervisory action used by the Federal Reserve to correct problems or to request periodic reports addressing certain aspects of a member bank’s operations. No capital directive is included in the 2012 Bank Resolution and, as was previously disclosed, CCB is not required to adjust its allowance for loan losses as a result of the recent examination. 5 The 2012 Bank Resolution requires CCB to (i) obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve and OFR before declaring or paying dividends to CCBG; and (ii) validate its allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) methodology, including revising its ALLL policy to clearly define roles and responsibilities and ensure that the validation process is independent of the estimation process. We expect to execute the 2012 Bank Resolution by the end of the first quarter of 2012, and fully comply within the prescribed time frames. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. In February 2010, the Board of Directors of CCBG approved a board resolution requested by the Federal Reserve (the “2010 Holding Company Resolution”, and together with the 2012 Bank Resolution, the “Federal Reserve Resolutions”), which remains in effect. Under the 2010 Holding Company Resolution, without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, CCBG agreed to not (i) incur any new debt or refinance existing debt; (ii) declare any dividends on any class of stock or make any payments on its trust preferred securities; (iii) reduce its capital position by redeeming shares of stock; or (iv) make any payment that would reduce capital outside of normal and routine operating expenses. Status of Resolutions While both CCB and CCBG continue to remain “well capitalized,” we do not expect the Federal Reserve Resolutions to be rescinded until asset quality and the level of credit risk exposure improve. Dividends and Trust Preferred Payments On December 14, 2011, we announced the suspension of our quarterly dividend on our common stock. We believe that, given our inability to earn our dividend since 2008, it was, and continues to be, prudent to preserve our capital at least until the economic conditions in Florida and Georgia improve. In addition, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, we have agreed to defer the payment of interest on the Company’s trust preferred securities and to maintain the suspension of our quarterly dividend on our common stock until asset quality and the level of credit risk exposure improve. We will, however, continue the accrual of interest on the trust preferred securities in accordance with our contractual obligations. Furthermore, due to our contractual obligations with the holders of the trust preferred securities, we may not make dividend payments to our shareowners in the future until all accrued and unpaid interest owed to trust preferred securities holders is paid. Therefore, we cannot pay dividends to our shareowners until we (i) obtain approval from our regulators to pay interest on our trust preferred securities, (ii) pay all accrued and unpaid interest owed to holders of our trust preferred securities, and (iii) obtain approval from our regulators to pay dividends to our shareowners. We remain committed to resuming dividend payments to our shareowners and interest on our trust preferred securities as soon as conditions warrant, and subject to approval from our regulators, which approval may not be granted until such time as CCB’s asset quality and the level of credit risk exposure improve. Underwriting Standards A core goal of CCB is to support the communities in which it operates. The Bank seeks loans from within its primary trade area, which is defined as the counties in which the Bank’s offices are located. The Bank will originate loans within its secondary trade area, defined as adjacent counties to those in which the Bank has offices. There may also be occasions when the Bank will have opportunities to make loans that are out of both the primary and secondary trade areas. These loans will only be approved if the applicant is known to the Bank and applicant’s primary business is within our primary or secondary trade area. Approval of all loans is subject to the Bank’s policies and standards described in more detail below. The Bank has adopted comprehensive lending policies, underwriting standards and loan review procedures. Management and the Board of Directors reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis (at least annually). No material changes have been made to these policies and procedures in the past five years. Management has also implemented reporting systems to monitor loan originations, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies and nonperforming loans and potential problem loans. Bank management and the Credit Risk Oversight Committee periodically review our lines of business to monitor asset quality trends and the appropriateness of credit policies. In addition, total borrower exposure limits are established and concentration risk is monitored. As part of this process, the overall composition of the portfolio is reviewed to gauge diversification of risk, client concentrations, industry group, loan type, geographic area, or other relevant classifications of loans. Specific segments of the portfolio are monitored and reported to the Board on a quarterly basis (i.e., commercial real estate) and have strategic plans in place to supplement Board approved credit policies governing exposure limits and underwriting standards. The Bank recognizes that exceptions to the below listed policy guidelines may occasionally occur and has established procedures for approving exceptions to these policy guidelines. 6 Residential Real Estate Loans The Bank originates 1-4 family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans in its Residential Real Estate line of business. The Bank’s policy is to underwrite these loans in accordance with secondary market guidelines in effect at the time of origination, including loan-to-value (“LTV”) and documentation requirements. The Bank originates fixed-rate, adjustable-rate and variable rate residential real estate loans. Over the past two years, the vast majority of residential loan originations have been fixed-rate loans which are sold in the secondary market on a non-recourse basis with related servicing rights (i.e., the Bank does not service sold loans). These loans require private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) if the LTV exceeds 80%. Some of the adjustable-rate residential real estate product is retained in the Bank’s loan portfolio and loans with LTV’s in excess of 85% require PMI. ARM loans with an initial fixed interest rate period greater than three years are sold in the secondary market on a non-recourse basis. The Bank verifies applicants’ income, obtains credit reports and independent real estate appraisals in the underwriting process to ensure adequate collateral coverage and that loans are extended to individuals with good credit and income sufficient to repay the loan. Underwriting documentation is maintained in accordance with secondary market guidelines. The Bank has approved and funded two option ARM loans in the past, but no longer offers an option ARM product. The Bank has never offered subprime loans. Since 2008, the Bank has not offered initial teaser rates on ARM products maintained in the Bank’s portfolio. Prior to 2008, the Bank offered slightly discounted (1%) initial fixed interest rates on ARM loans maintained in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The Bank also originates 1-4 family, owner-occupied residential real estate loans throughout its banking office network. These loans are generally not eligible for sale into the secondary market due to not meeting a specific secondary market underwriting requirement. The product offering is a variable rate 3/1 ARM with a maximum term of 30 years and maximum LTV of 80%. The Bank verifies applicants’ income, obtains credit reports and independent real estate appraisals in the underwriting process to ensure adequate collateral coverage and that loans are extended to individuals with good credit and income sufficient to repay the loan. Residential real estate loans also include home equity lines of credit and home equity loans (“HELOCs”). The Bank’s home equity portfolio includes revolving open-ended equity loans with interest-only or minimal monthly principal payments and closed-end amortizing loans. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 78% of the residential home equity loan portfolio consisted of the revolving open-ended product. Both equity loan products are available for both first mortgage and junior liens. Approximately 60% of the Bank’s $244.3 million residential home equity loan portfolio consisted of first lien mortgages at December 31, 2011. Policy guidelines include the following: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) a maximum LTV of 80%, including the first mortgage amount; maximum total debt to income ratio of 40%; minimum Beacon score of 630; not subject to PMI; a maximum LTV of 90%, including the first mortgage amount; maximum total debt to income ratio of 30%; minimum Beacon score of 700; not subject to PMI; and a maximum LTV of 100%, including the first mortgage amount; maximum total debt to income ratio of 40%; minimum Beacon score of 630; PMI required for full loan amount. Interest rates may be fixed or adjustable. Adjustable-rate loans are tied to the Prime Rate with a typical margin of 1.0% or more. Adjustable-rate loans are typically underwritten based upon an assumed rate of no lower than 8.0%, being higher if the fully indexed rate is higher. Appraisals are normally required for all residential real estate loans, both those sold to the secondary market and those maintained in the Bank’s loan portfolio. These appraisals are required to comply with regulatory guidance concerning loans secured by primary residences and underwriting standards established for secondary market loan sales. For HELOCs, a drive-by appraisal may be used in instances where the loan exposure is less than $250,000. In certain cases, and when the senior and junior mortgages represent a cumulative loan exposure of $600,000 or more, a full appraisal is required. Commercial Loans The Bank’s policy sets forth guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTVs and documentation standards. Commercial loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying collateral and personal or other guarantees. The Bank’s policy establishes debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. The majority of the Bank’s commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory. Many of the loans in the commercial portfolio have variable interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. Treasury indices. Commercial Real Estate Loans The Bank’s policy sets forth guidelines for debt service coverage ratios, LTVs and documentation standards. Commercial real estate loans are primarily made based on identified cash flows of the borrower with consideration given to underlying real estate collateral and personal guarantees. The Bank’s policy establishes a maximum LTV specific to property type (ranging from 65% for raw land up to 80% for improved properties) and minimum debt service coverage ratio limits that require a borrower’s cash flow to be sufficient to cover principal and interest payments on all new and existing debt. Commercial real estate loans may be fixed or variable-rate loans with interest rates tied to the Prime Rate or U.S. Treasury indices. 7 Bank policy requires appraisals for loans in excess of $250,000 that are secured by real property. Appraisals are required to be prepared by a state-licensed or state-certified appraiser (in accordance with the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 and other applicable regulatory guidelines). Consumer Loans The Bank’s consumer loan portfolio includes personal installment loans, direct and indirect automobile financing, and overdraft lines of credit. The majority of the consumer loan portfolio consists of indirect and direct automobile loans. The majority of the Bank’s consumer loans are short-term and have fixed rates of interest that are set giving consideration to current market interest rates and the financial strength of the borrower. The Bank’s policy establishes maximum debt to income ratios, minimum credit scores, and includes guidelines for verification of applicants’ income and receipt of credit reports. Lending Limits and Extensions of Additional Credit The Bank has established an internal lending limit of $10.0 million for the total aggregate amount of credit that will be extended to a client and any related entities within its Board approved policies. In practice, the Bank seeks to maintain an internal lending limit of $7.5 million in order to maintain a well- diversified loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2011, there were only seven client relationships (including parties affiliated with borrowers) above the $7.5 million level with a cumulative loan exposure (both outstanding and available) of approximately $56.1 million, one of which was a substandard credit relationship. In the normal course of business, the Bank does not extend additional credit to a client who has had a loan charged-off or is classified as substandard. However, as part of the modification process with a troubled client, we may make an additional loan to a borrower (or an advance under an existing loan agreement) as part of the workout process. This is not a normal practice and is typically only undertaken when the client provides a credit enhancement as part of the agreement (i.e., additional collateral, new guarantor, etc.) that provides a material improvement to the loan structure. These types of modifications are reviewed on a case-by-case basis due to their unique nature. In addition, CCB limits the authority of its loan officers to originate, monitor, and collect on loans based on a number of factors, including without limitation, the ability, attitudes, experience, market knowledge, and character of loan officers. All of these factors are considered in assigning individual loan authorities, as well as determining the officer’s responsibilities. Each CCB loan officer has been assigned a loan authority limit. Loans in excess of the officer’s authority are submitted to the Bank’s centralized Credit Administration Department for underwriting and approval if the loan is within the department’s approval limits or to the Bank’s Credit Committee if the loan exceeds the department’s approval limits. These limits have been established in order to better manage credit risk and are based on aggregate debt with the client and related party interests, as described above. Loan Modification and Restructuring In the normal course of business, CCB receives requests from its clients to renew, extend, refinance, or otherwise modify their current loan obligations. In most cases, this may be the result of a balloon maturity that is typical in most commercial loan agreements, a request to refinance to obtain current market rates of interest, competitive reasons, or the conversion of a construction loan to a permanent financing structure at the completion or stabilization of the property. In these cases, the request is held to the normal underwriting standards and pricing strategies as any other loan request, whether new or renewal. In some cases, the modification may be due to a reduction in debt service capacity experienced by the client (i.e., potentially troubled loan whereby the client may be experiencing financial difficulties). To maximize the collection of loan balances, we evaluate troubled loans on a case-by-case basis to determine if a loan modification would be appropriate. We pursue loan modifications when there is a reasonable chance that an appropriate modification would allow our client to continue servicing the debt. For loans secured by residential real estate, if the client demonstrates a loss of income such that the client cannot reasonably support even a modified loan, we may pursue short sales or deed-in-lieu arrangements. For loans secured by income producing commercial properties, we perform a rigorous and ongoing review that is systematic in nature. We review a number of factors, including cash flow, loan structure, collateral value, and guarantees, to identify loans within our income producing commercial loan portfolio that are most likely to experience distress. Based on our review of these factors and our assessment of overall risk, we evaluate the benefits of proactively initiating discussions with our clients to improve a loan’s risk profile. In some cases, we may renegotiate terms of their loans so that they have a higher likelihood of continuing to perform. To date, we have restructured loans in a variety of ways to help our clients service their debt and to mitigate the potential for additional losses. The primary restructuring methods being offered to our residential clients are reductions in interest rates and extensions in terms. For commercial loans, the primary restructuring method is the extensions of terms. 8 Accruing loans with modifications deemed to be economic concessions resulting from borrower difficulties are reported as Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR’s”). Nonaccruing loans that are modified and demonstrate a history of repayment performance and a probability of future performance in accordance with their modified terms are reclassified to accruing status, typically after a designated period of time. Loans that are past due in principal or interest for more than 90 days are placed on nonaccrual status, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Bank policy dictates that all loans, whether current or delinquent, to such a past due borrower or related entity be classified. CCB’s historic and current policy prohibits making additional loans to a borrower or any related interest of a borrower who is on nonaccrual status or who is past due in principal or interest more than 90 days, except under certain workout plans when the client provides a credit enhancement as part of the plan (i.e., additional collateral, new guarantor, etc.) and if such extension of credit aids with loss mitigation. These types of modifications are reviewed on a case-by-case basis due to their unique nature. In some cases, when it is determined that the client does not have the capacity and/or desire to work with the Bank in order to arrive at an amicable arrangement we will pursue foreclosure and/or other litigation. These proceedings are subject to the laws of the states in which we operate, primarily Florida and Georgia. The majority of our legal proceedings are in Florida. State law in Florida requires us to foreclose through a court proceeding. As part of our efforts to maximize our recovery, we may temporarily delay foreclosure and seek judgments via lawsuit. This proceeding is typically undertaken in cases where we have found commercial loan clients to be strategically working against the Bank or as a means for us to obtain the original collateral and additional liens in an accelerated manner (i.e., may allow for a faster process than normal foreclosure proceedings). There have been very few delays in foreclosure due to documentation weaknesses and they are immaterial to the overall process. Additionally, under certain circumstances, we may convert construction loans to commercial loans. The Bank’s policy regarding residential construction loans (one-to-four family homes financed for home builders) is to only make such construction loans to experienced local builders who have a successful track record with the Bank, and then only when the construction will be in our market, as defined by policy. Each loan is typically made for a period of one year to allow for construction and marketing. After such period, if the property has not been sold, the loan may be extended for an additional six months. If after such extension the property has not been sold, the loan is typically put on an amortizing basis of no more than 20 years. Exceptions to this policy are made when warranted and only after approval from the Bank’s central Credit Committee. The Bank’s policy regarding commercial construction loans (i.e., owner-occupied buildings, project-financing, or income-producing properties) provides for a detailed underwriting and approval process, requires the use of Bank-approved contractors, and delegates administration of the process to the Bank’s central Construction Loan Administration department. These loans normally include an interest-only period (during the construction and stabilization period) and subsequent conversion to a set amortization period depending on property type and policy limits following the construction and stabilization period. Expansion of Business Our philosophy is to grow and prosper, building long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking practices. We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select specialized areas. Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community executives with a dedicated president for each market, and community boards that support our focus on responding to local banking needs. We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make decisions in their local markets. We have sought to build a franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader. Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 in Florida and I-75 in Florida and Georgia. Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon-Florida), Gainesville (Alachua-Florida), and Macon (Bibb-Georgia). As of June 30, 2011, in 13 of 20 counties where we have banking offices in Florida and 3 of 5 counties where we have banking offices in Georgia, we rank within the top 4 banks in terms of market share. Furthermore, in the counties in which we operate, we collectively maintain an 8.82% market share in the Florida counties and 6.26% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is significant opportunity to grow market share within these geographic areas. The larger employers in many of our markets are state and local governments, healthcare providers, education institutions, and small businesses. While we realize that the markets in our footprint do not provide for a level of potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may provide, our markets do provide good growth dynamics and have historically grown in excess of the national average. We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being their banker, not just a bank. This element of our strategy enables us to distinguish Capital City Bank from its competitors and was memorialized during 2009 and 2010 in our “More Than Your Bank, Your Banker” advertising campaign. 9 Over the last five years, our growth has slowed significantly. Since 2007, our number of offices has increased by one. Average loans have declined from $1.935 billion in 2007 to $1.687 billion in 2011. Average deposits have grown from $1.990 billion in 2007 to $2.082 billion in 2011. Similarly, total average assets have increased from $2.507 billion in 2007 to $2.583 billion in 2011. Nonperforming loan inflow has stabilized since 2009, but total nonperforming assets remain elevated at 5.21% of total assets at December 31, 2011. The elevated nonperforming assets combined with lower net interest margins have led to significantly lower earnings for the past four years compared to earnings in 2006 and 2007. While our growth has slowed, our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and acquisitions. We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver in our profitability and overall franchise value and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years. While we have not been an active acquirer of banks since 2005, acquisitions remain a part of our strategy. During the period 2005 to 2008, unreasonable pricing expectations prevented us from consummating an acquisition. Since 2008, economic conditions and lack of visibility into credit quality of potential targets have kept us out of the acquisition market. Furthermore, we would need to seek approval from the Federal Reserve to acquire any financial institution, which approval will receive greater scrutiny until such time as CCB’s asset quality and credit risk exposure improve. As conditions improve, potential acquisition growth will continue to be focused on Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial institutions located on the outskirts of major metropolitan areas within a geographic circle, which borders on, but does not include the cities of Tampa, Orlando, Jacksonville, Atlanta, and Mobile. Five markets have been identified, four in Florida and one in Georgia, in which management will proactively pursue expansion opportunities. These markets include Alachua, Marion, Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia. Our focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the impact the current economic cycle is having on any individual market. We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets in the event that acquisition opportunities are not feasible. Other expansion opportunities that will be evaluated include asset management and mortgage banking. Embedded in our acquisition strategy is our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either established market presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services. Generally, these target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $400 million. As discussed above, our ability to expand in the short-term may be restricted by our elevated levels of nonperforming assets and the Federal Reserve Resolutions (See Item 1. Business–About Us–Regulatory Matter). Competition We operate in a highly competitive environment, especially with respect to services and pricing. In addition, the banking business is experiencing enormous changes. In 2009, 140 financial institutions failed in the U.S., including 25 in Georgia and 14 in Florida. In 2010, 157 financial institutions failed in the U.S., including 21 in Georgia and 29 in Florida. In 2011, 92 financial institutions failed in the U.S., including 23 in Georgia and 13 in Florida. Nearly all of the failed banks were community banks. The assets and deposits of many of these failed community banks were acquired mostly by larger financial institutions, and we expect significant consolidation to continue during 2012. We believe that the larger financial institutions acquiring failed banks in our market areas are less familiar with the markets in which we operate and typically target a different client base. We believe clients who bank at community banks tend to prefer the relationship style service of community banks compared to larger banks. As a result, we believe the reduction of the number of community banks could further enhance our competitive position and opportunities in many of our markets. Larger financial institutions, however, can benefit from economies of scale. Therefore, these larger institutions may be able to offer banking products and services at more competitive prices than us. Additionally, these larger financial institutions may offer financial products that we do not offer. Our primary market area consists of 20 counties in Florida, five counties in Georgia, and one county in Alabama. In these markets, the Bank competes against a wide range of banking and nonbanking institutions including savings and loan associations, credit unions, money market funds, mutual fund advisory companies, mortgage banking companies, investment banking companies, finance companies and other types of financial institutions. All of Florida’s major banking concerns have a presence in Leon County. CCB’s Leon County deposits totaled $817.8 million, or 37.6% of our consolidated deposits at December 31, 2011. 10 The following table depicts our market share percentage within each respective county, based on total commercial bank deposits within the county. Florida Alachua County Bradford County Citrus County Clay County Dixie County Gadsden County Gilchrist County Gulf County Hernando County Jefferson County Leon County Levy County Madison County Pasco County Putnam County St. Johns County Suwannee County Taylor County Wakulla County Washington County Georgia Bibb County Burke County Grady County Laurens County Troup County Alabama Chambers County (1) Obtained from the June 30, 2011 FDIC Summary of Deposits Report. 11 Market Share as of June 30,(1) 2011 2010 2009 4.2% 52.2% 3.0% 1.8% 18.8% 60.4% 34.4% 11.3% 1.8% 21.3% 15.7% 28.5% 10.0% 0.2% 18.6% 1.0% 6.5% 32.0% 10.9% 13.0% 3.5% 8.3% 15.8% 10.6% 6.1% 6.8% 4.8% 50.3% 2.9% 1.8% 21.3% 59.1% 39.2% 8.3% 2.0% 19.5% 16.9% 28.6% 10.2% 0.3% 14.9% 0.9% 6.7% 30.7% 5.3% 13.8% 3.3% 6.9% 16.1% 10.9% 7.2% 5.7% 3.9% 51.3% 2.7% 1.7% 23.4% 55.1% 39.5% 7.7% 1.6% 18.3% 15.9% 27.9% 10.1% 0.2% 14.0% 0.8% 6.6% 30.7% 3.8% 14.2% 2.6% 7.7% 16.2% 12.7% 5.9% 6.6% The following table sets forth the number of commercial banks and offices, including our offices and our competitors’ offices, within each of the respective counties. County Florida Alachua Bradford Citrus Clay Dixie Gadsden Gilchrist Gulf Hernando Jefferson Leon Levy Madison Pasco Putnam St. Johns Suwannee Taylor Wakulla Washington Georgia Bibb Burke Grady Laurens Troup Alabama Chambers Number of Commercial Banks Number of Commercial Bank Offices 17 3 14 15 4 4 4 4 14 2 18 4 6 25 6 21 5 3 3 6 11 5 5 10 11 5 65 3 49 33 5 6 8 7 42 2 92 13 6 116 15 61 8 4 5 6 56 10 8 20 27 8 Data obtained from the June 30, 2011 FDIC Summary of Deposits Report. Seasonality We believe our commercial banking operations are not generally seasonal in nature; however, public deposits tend to increase with tax collections in the fourth quarter and decline with spending thereafter. 12 Regulatory Considerations We must comply with state and federal banking laws and regulations that control virtually all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations generally aim to protect our depositors, not necessarily our shareowners or our creditors. Any changes in applicable laws or regulations may materially affect our business and prospects. Proposed legislative or regulatory changes may also affect our operations. The following description summarizes some of the laws and regulations to which we are subject. References to applicable statutes and regulations are brief summaries, do not purport to be complete, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). The Dodd-Frank Act will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry as a result of the significant regulatory and compliance changes including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the FDIC. A summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is set forth below, along with information set forth in applicable sections of this “Regulatory Considerations” section. (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) Minimum Capital Requirements and Enhanced Supervision – On June 14, 2011, the federal banking agencies published a final rule regarding minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies consistent with the requirements of Section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act. For a more detailed description of the minimum capital requirements see “Regulatory Considerations – Capital City Bank – Capital Regulations”. The Dodd-Frank Act also increased regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. Changes in Capital Treatment of Trust Preferred Securities – The Dodd-Frank Act requires all trust preferred securities, or TRUPs, issued by bank or thrift holding companies after May 19, 2010 to be counted as Tier II Capital. TRUPs issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, such as us, may continue to count the existing TRUPs as Tier I Capital. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“Bureau”) – The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau within the Federal Reserve. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against state-chartered institutions. Deposit Insurance – The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In December 2010, the FDIC increased the designated reserve ratio to 2.0 percent. Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits – On July 21, 2011, the Federal Reserve’s final rule repealing Regulation Q, Prohibition Against Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits, became effective. Regulation Q was promulgated to implement the statutory prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits by institutions that are member banks of the Federal Reserve. Transactions with Affiliates – The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective on July 21, 2011. 13 (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) Transactions with Insiders – Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors. These requirements became effective on July 21, 2011. Enhanced Lending Limits – The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the previous limits on a depository institution’s credit exposure to one borrower which limited a depository institution’s ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions. Compensation Practices – The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other “covered financial institution” that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which requires that financial institutions establish metrics for measuring the impact of activities to achieve incentive compensation with the related risk to the financial institution of such behavior. Together, the Dodd-Frank Act and the recent guidance on compensation may impact the current compensation policies at CCB. Although a significant number of the rules and regulations mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act have been finalized, many of the new requirements called for have yet to be implemented and will likely be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on financial institutions’ operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. The Company We are registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. As a result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Bank Holding Company Act, and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Permitted Activities The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act modernized the U.S. banking system by: (i) allowing bank holding companies that qualify as “financial holding companies” to engage in a broad range of financial and related activities; (ii) allowing insurers and other financial service companies to acquire banks; (iii) removing restrictions that applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and (iv) establishing the overall regulatory scheme applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations. The general effect of the law was to establish a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies, securities firms, and other financial service providers. Activities that are financial in nature are broadly defined to include not only banking, insurance, and securities activities, but also merchant banking and additional activities that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines to be financial in nature, incidental to such financial activities, or complementary activities that do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. In contrast to financial holding companies, bank holding companies are limited to managing or controlling banks, furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiaries, and engaging in other activities that the Federal Reserve determines by regulation or order to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. As a bank holding company that has not elected to be a financial holding company, the restrictions will apply to us. In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects. Possible benefits include greater convenience, increased competition, and gains in efficiency. Possible adverse effects include undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, and unsound banking practices. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity. 14 Changes in Control Subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with the applicable regulations, require Federal Reserve approval (or, depending on the circumstances, no notice of disapproval) prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company. A conclusive presumption of control exists if an individual or company acquires the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of an insured depository institution or to vote 25% or more of any class of voting securities of any insured depository institution. A rebuttable presumption of control exists if a person or company acquires 10% or more but less than 25% of any class of voting securities of an insured depository institution and either the institution has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or as we will refer to as the Exchange Act, or no other person will own a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the acquisition. Our common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. The Federal Reserve Board maintains a policy statement on minority equity investments in banks and bank holding companies, that generally permits investors to (i) acquire up to 33 percent of the total equity of a target bank or bank holding company, subject to certain conditions, including (but not limited to) that the investing firm does not acquire 15 percent or more of any class of voting securities, and (ii) designate at least one director, without triggering the various regulatory requirements associated with control. As a bank holding company, we are required to obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of a bank or bank holding company, (ii) acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock of any bank or bank holding company (unless we own a majority of such bank’s voting shares), or (iii) merging or consolidating with any other bank or bank holding company. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, the public benefits expected to be received from the acquisition, the projected capital ratios and levels on a post-acquisition basis, and the acquiring institution’s record of addressing the credit needs of the communities it serves, including the needs of low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank, under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977. Under Florida law, a person or entity proposing to directly or indirectly acquire control of a Florida bank must also obtain permission from the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. Florida statutes define “control” as either (i) indirectly or directly owning, controlling or having power to vote 25% or more of the voting securities of a bank; (ii) controlling the election of a majority of directors of a bank; (iii) owning, controlling, or having power to vote 10% or more of the voting securities as well as directly or indirectly exercising a controlling influence over management or policies of a bank; or (iv) as determined by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. These requirements will affect us because CCB is chartered under Florida law and changes in control of us are indirect changes in control of CCB. Tying Bank holding companies and their affiliates are prohibited from tying the provision of certain services, such as extending credit, to other services or products offered by the holding company or its affiliates, such as deposit products. Capital; Dividends; Source of Strength The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on bank holding companies under the Bank Holding Company Act, including a minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are described below under “Capital Regulations.” Subject to its capital requirements and certain other restrictions, including the need to seek prior approval from the Federal Reserve in accordance with the Holding Company Resolution, we are generally able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to CCB, and such loans may be repaid from dividends paid from CCB to us. We are also able to raise capital for contributions to CCB by issuing securities without having to receive regulatory approval, subject to compliance with federal and state securities laws. In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, which has been codified by the Dodd-Frank Act, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to CCB and to commit resources to support CCB in circumstances in which we might not otherwise do so. In furtherance of this policy, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company. Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the depository institution’s financial condition. We suspended payments of dividends to our shareowners in December 2011. In regard to CCB’s and CCBG’s ability to declare and pay dividends and CCBG’s ability to borrow money, see section entitled “Item 1 – Business – About Us – Regulatory Matter.” 15 Capital City Bank CCB is a banking institution that is chartered by and headquartered in the State of Florida, and it is subject to supervision and regulation by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation. The Florida Office of Financial Regulation supervises and regulates all areas of CCB’s operations including, without limitation, the making of loans, the issuance of securities, the conduct of CCB’s corporate affairs, the satisfaction of capital adequacy requirements, the payment of dividends, and the establishment or closing of banking centers. CCB is also a member bank of the Federal Reserve System, which makes CCB’s operations subject to broad federal regulation and oversight by the Federal Reserve. In addition, CCB’s deposit accounts are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by law, and the FDIC has certain enforcement powers over CCB. As a state-chartered banking institution in the State of Florida, CCB is empowered by statute, subject to the limitations contained in those statutes, to take and pay interest on, savings and time deposits, to accept demand deposits, to make loans on residential and other real estate, to make consumer and commercial loans, to invest, with certain limitations, in equity securities and in debt obligations of banks and corporations and to provide various other banking services for the benefit of CCB’s customers. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the operations of CCB, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit and equal credit opportunity laws, and fair credit reporting. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) prohibits insured state chartered institutions from conducting activities as principal that are not permitted for national banks. A bank, however, may engage in an otherwise prohibited activity if it meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Reserves The Federal Reserve requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against some transaction accounts (primarily NOW and Super NOW checking accounts). The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements. An institution may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank “discount window” as a secondary source of funds, provided that the institution meets the Federal Reserve Bank’s credit standards. Dividends CCB is subject to legal limitations on the frequency and amount of dividends that can be paid to us. The Federal Reserve may restrict the ability of CCB to pay dividends if such payments would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition, the Federal Reserve Resolutions impose restrictions on CCB’s ability to pay dividends. See Item 1. Business-About-Us-Regulatory Matter. In addition, Florida law and Federal regulation also places restrictions on the declaration of dividends from state chartered banks to their holding companies. Pursuant to the Florida Financial Institutions Code, the board of directors of state-chartered banks, after charging off bad debts, depreciation and other worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-annually or annually declare a dividend of up to the aggregate net profits of that period combined with the bank’s retained net profits for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and Federal Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net profits which accrued prior to the preceding two years. Before declaring such dividends, 20% of the net profits for the preceding period as is covered by the dividend must be transferred to the surplus fund of the bank until this fund becomes equal to the amount of the bank’s common stock then issued and outstanding. A state-chartered bank may not declare any dividend if (i) its net income (loss) from the current year combined with the retained net income (loss) for the preceding two years aggregates a loss or (ii) the payment of such dividend would cause the capital account of the bank to fall below the minimum amount required by law, regulation, order or any written agreement with the Florida Office of Financial Regulation or a federal regulatory agency. Insurance of Accounts and Other Assessments We pay our deposit insurance assessments to the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is determined through a risk-based assessment system. Our deposit accounts are currently insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund generally up to a maximum of $250,000 per separately insured depositor. In addition, in November 2008, the FDIC issued a final rule under its Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”), pursuant to which the FDIC fully guarantees all non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, including all personal and business checking deposit accounts that do not earn interest, lawyer trust accounts where interest does not accrue to the account owner (IOLTA), and NOW accounts with interest rates no higher than 0.25%. Thus, under TAGP, all money in these accounts are fully insured by the FDIC regardless of dollar amount. This second increase to coverage was originally in effect through December 31, 2009, but was extended until June 30, 2010, and then again until December 31, 2010, unless we elected to “opt out” of participating, which we did not do. The Dodd-Frank Act extended full deposit coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts for an additional two years beginning on December 31, 2010, and all financial institutions are required to participate in this extended program. 16 Under the current assessment system, the FDIC assigns an institution to one of four risk categories, with the first category having two sub-categories based on the institution’s most recent supervisory and capital evaluations, designed to measure risk. Total base assessment rates currently range from 0.07% of deposits for an institution in the highest sub-category of the highest category to 0.775% of deposits for an institution in the lowest category. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment of five basis points on each FDIC-insured depository institution’s assets, minus its Tier I capital, as of June 30, 2009. This special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009. Finally, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a new rule requiring insured institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. We prepaid an assessment of $11.5 million, which incorporated a uniform 3.00 basis point increase effective January 1, 2011. In addition, all FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately one basis point of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature in 2017 through 2019. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. Transactions With Affiliates Pursuant to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W, the authority of CCB to engage in transactions with related parties or “affiliates” or to make loans to insiders is limited. Loan transactions with an “affiliate” generally must be collateralized and certain transactions between CCB and its “affiliates”, including the sale of assets, the payment of money or the provision of services, must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to CCB, as those prevailing for comparable nonaffiliated transactions. In addition, CCB generally may not purchase securities issued or underwritten by affiliates. Loans to executive officers, directors or to any person who directly or indirectly, or acting through or in concert with one or more persons, owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a bank, which we refer to as “10% Shareowners”, or to any political or campaign committee the funds or services of which will benefit those executive officers, directors, or 10% Shareowners or which is controlled by those executive officers, directors or 10% Shareowners, are subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and their corresponding regulations (Regulation O) and Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act relating to the prohibition on personal loans to executives (which exempts financial institutions in compliance with the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act). Among other things, these loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those prevailing on transactions made to unaffiliated individuals and certain extensions of credit to those persons must first be approved in advance by a disinterested majority of the entire board of directors. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act prohibits loans to any of those individuals where the aggregate amount exceeds an amount equal to 15% of an institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed CCB’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. Section 22(g) identifies limited circumstances in which CCB is permitted to extend credit to executive officers. Community Reinvestment Act The Community Reinvestment Act and its corresponding regulations are intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service area, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operations of the banks. These regulations provide for regulatory assessment of a bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of its service area. Federal banking agencies are required to make public a rating of a bank’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Federal Reserve considers a bank’s Community Reinvestment Act rating when the bank submits an application to establish banking centers, merge, or acquire the assets and assume the liabilities of another bank. In the case of a bank holding company, the Community Reinvestment Act performance record of all banks involved in the merger or acquisition are reviewed in connection with the filing of an application to acquire ownership or control of shares or assets of a bank or to merge with any other bank holding company. An unsatisfactory record can substantially delay or block the transaction. CCB received a satisfactory rating on its most recent Community Reinvestment Act assessment. Capital Regulations The Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and their subsidiary state-chartered banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System. The risk-based capital guidelines are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance sheet exposure, to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets, and to achieve greater consistency in evaluating the capital adequacy of major banks throughout the world. Under these guidelines, assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories each with designated weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items. 17 The current guidelines require all bank holding companies and federally regulated banks to maintain a minimum risk-based total capital ratio equal to 8%, of which at least 4% must be Tier I Capital. Tier I Capital, which includes common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, and a limited amount of cumulative perpetual preferred stock and certain trust preferred securities, less certain goodwill items and other intangible assets, is required to equal at least 4% of risk-weighted assets. The remainder (“Tier II Capital”) may consist of (i) an allowance for loan losses of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, (ii) excess of qualifying perpetual preferred stock, (iii) hybrid capital instruments, (iv) perpetual debt, (v) mandatory convertible securities, and (vi) subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock up to 50% of Tier I Capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier I and Tier II Capital less reciprocal holdings of other banking organizations’ capital instruments, investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and any other deductions as determined by the appropriate regulator (determined on a case by case basis or as a matter of policy after formal rule making). In computing total risk-weighted assets, bank and bank holding company assets are given risk-weights of 0%, 20%, 50% and 100%. In addition, certain off- balance sheet items are given similar credit conversion factors to convert them to asset equivalent amounts to which an appropriate risk-weight will apply. Most loans will be assigned to the 100% risk category, except for performing first mortgage loans fully secured by 1- to 4-family and certain multi-family residential property, which carry a 50% risk rating. Most investment securities (including, primarily, general obligation claims on states or other political subdivisions of the United States) will be assigned to the 20% category, except for municipal or state revenue bonds, which have a 50% risk-weight, and direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, which have a 0% risk-weight. In covering off-balance sheet items, direct credit substitutes, including general guarantees and standby letters of credit backing financial obligations, are given a 100% conversion factor. Transaction-related contingencies such as bid bonds, standby letters of credit backing non-financial obligations, and undrawn commitments (including commercial credit lines with an initial maturity of more than one year) have a 50% conversion factor. Short-term commercial letters of credit are converted at 20% and certain short-term unconditionally cancelable commitments have a 0% factor. The federal bank regulatory authorities have also adopted regulations that supplement the risk-based guidelines. These regulations generally require banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum level of Tier I Capital to total assets less goodwill of 4% (the “leverage ratio”). The Federal Reserve permits a bank to maintain a minimum 3% leverage ratio if the bank achieves a 1 rating under the CAMELS rating system in its most recent examination, as long as the bank is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth. The CAMELS rating is a nonpublic system used by bank regulators to rate the strength and weaknesses of financial institutions. The CAMELS rating is comprised of six categories: capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk. Banking organizations experiencing or anticipating significant growth, as well as those organizations which do not satisfy the criteria described above, will be required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio ranging generally from 4% to 5%. The bank regulators also continue to consider a “tangible Tier I leverage ratio” in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The tangible Tier I leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier I Capital, less deductions for intangibles otherwise includable in Tier I Capital, to total tangible assets. Federal law and regulations establish a capital-based regulatory scheme designed to promote early intervention for troubled banks and require the FDIC to choose the least expensive resolution of bank failures. The capital-based regulatory framework contains five categories of compliance with regulatory capital requirements, including “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” To qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution, a bank must have a leverage ratio of not less than 5%, a Tier I Capital ratio of not less than 6%, and a total risk- based capital ratio of not less than 10%, and the bank must not be under any order or directive from the appropriate regulatory agency to meet and maintain a specific capital level. Generally, a financial institution must be “well capitalized” before the Federal Reserve will approve an application by a bank holding company to acquire or merge with a bank or bank holding company. Under the regulations, the applicable agency can treat an institution as if it were in the next lower category if the agency determines (after notice and an opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition or is engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. The degree of regulatory scrutiny of a financial institution will increase, and the permissible activities of the institution will decrease, as it moves downward through the capital categories. Institutions that fall into one of the three undercapitalized categories may be required to (i) submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) raise additional capital; (iii) restrict their growth, deposit interest rates, and other activities; (iv) improve their management; (v) eliminate management fees; or (vi) divest themselves of all or a part of their operations. Bank holding companies controlling financial institutions can be called upon to boost the institutions’ capital and to partially guarantee the institutions’ performance under their capital restoration plans. It should be noted that the minimum ratios referred to above are merely guidelines and the bank regulators possess the discretionary authority to require higher capital ratios. 18 As of December 31, 2011, we exceeded the requirements contained in the applicable regulations, policies and directives pertaining to capital adequacy to be classified as “well capitalized”, and are unaware of any material violation or alleged violation of these regulations, policies or directives (see table below). Rapid growth, poor loan portfolio performance, or poor earnings performance, or a combination of these factors, could change our capital position in a relatively short period of time, making additional capital infusions necessary. (Dollars in Thousands) As of December 31, 2011: Tier I Capital: CCBG CCB Total Capital: CCBG CCB Tier I Leverage: CCBG CCB Prompt Corrective Action Actual Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes To Be Well- Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $ 246,455 246,159 13.96% $ 13.96% 70,964 70,904 270,518 268,317 246,455 246,159 15.32% 15.21% 141,928 141,809 10.26% 10.26% 70,964 70,904 4.00% 4.00% 8.00% 8.00% 4.00% 4.00% * 106,356 * 177,261 * 88,630 * 6.00% * 10.00% * 5.00% Immediately upon becoming undercapitalized, a depository institution becomes subject to the provisions of Section 38 of the FDIA, which: (i) restrict payment of capital distributions and management fees; (ii) require that the appropriate federal banking agency monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital; (iii) require submission of a capital restoration plan; (iv) restrict the growth of the institution’s assets; and (v) require prior approval of certain expansion proposals. The appropriate federal banking agency for an undercapitalized institution also may take any number of discretionary supervisory actions if the agency determines that any of these actions is necessary to resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible long-term cost to the deposit insurance fund, subject in certain cases to specified procedures. These discretionary supervisory actions include: (i) requiring the institution to raise additional capital; (ii) restricting transactions with affiliates; (iii) requiring divestiture of the institution or the sale of the institution to a willing purchaser; and (iv) any other supervisory action that the agency deems appropriate. These and additional mandatory and permissive supervisory actions may be taken with respect to significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized institutions. Basel III On December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee proposed significant changes to bank capital and liquidity regulation, including revisions to the definitions of Tier I Capital and Tier II Capital applicable to Basel III. The short-term and long-term impact of the new Basel III capital standards and the forthcoming new capital rules to be proposed for non-Basel III U.S. banks is uncertain. As a result of the recent deterioration in the global credit markets and the potential impact of increased liquidity risk and interest rate risk, it is unclear what the short-term impact of the implementation of Basel III may be or what impact a pending alternative standardized approach to Basel III option for non-Basel III U.S. banks may have on the cost and availability of different types of credit and the potential compliance costs of implementing the new capital standards. On September 12, 2010, the oversight body of the Basel Committee announced a package of reforms which will increase existing capital requirements substantially over the next four years. These capital reforms were endorsed by the G20 at the summit held in Seoul, South Korea in November 2010. On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve announced its intention to implement substantially all of the Basel III rules which would generally be applicable to institutions with greater than $50 billion in assets. Interstate Banking and Branching The Bank Holding Company Act was amended by the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act provides that adequately capitalized and managed financial and bank holding companies are permitted to acquire banks in any state. State laws prohibiting interstate banking or discriminating against out-of-state banks are preempted. States are not permitted to enact laws opting out of this provision; however, states are allowed to adopt a minimum age restriction requiring that target banks located within the state be in existence for a period of years, up to a maximum of five years, before a bank may be subject to the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, establishes deposit caps which prohibit acquisitions that result in the acquiring company controlling 30% or more of the deposits of insured banks and thrift institutions held in the state in which the target maintains a branch or 10% or more of the deposits nationwide. 19 States have the authority to waive the 30% deposit cap. State-level deposit caps are not preempted as long as they do not discriminate against out-of-state companies, and the federal deposit caps apply only to initial entry acquisitions. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, national banks and state banks are able to establish branches in any state if that state would permit the establishment of the branch by a state bank chartered in that state. Florida law permits a state bank to establish a branch of the bank anywhere in the state. Accordingly, under the Dodd- Frank Act, a bank with its headquarters outside the State of Florida may establish branches anywhere within Florida. Anti-money Laundering The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”), provides the federal government with additional powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), the USA PATRIOT Act puts in place measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory and law enforcement agencies. In addition, certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions. Among other requirements, the USA PATRIOT Act and the related Federal Reserve regulations require banks to establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at a minimum: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) internal policies, procedures and controls designed to implement and maintain the savings association’s compliance with all of the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, the BSA and related laws and regulations; systems and procedures for monitoring and reporting of suspicious transactions and activities; a designated compliance officer; employee training; an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program; procedures to verify the identity of each customer upon the opening of accounts; and heightened due diligence policies, procedures and controls applicable to certain foreign accounts and relationships. Additionally, the USA PATRIOT Act requires each financial institution to develop a customer identification program (“CIP”) as part of our anti-money laundering program. The key components of the CIP are identification, verification, government list comparison, notice and record retention. The purpose of the CIP is to enable the financial institution to determine the true identity and anticipated account activity of each customer. To make this determination, among other things, the financial institution must collect certain information from customers at the time they enter into the customer relationship with the financial institution. This information must be verified within a reasonable time through documentary and non-documentary methods. Furthermore, all customers must be screened against any CIP-related government lists of known or suspected terrorists. We and our affiliates have adopted policies, procedures and controls to comply with the BSA and the USA PATRIOT Act. Regulatory Enforcement Authority Federal and state banking laws grant substantial enforcement powers to federal and state banking regulators. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities. Federal Home Loan Bank System CCB is a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from funds deposited by member institutions and proceeds from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. It makes loans to members (i.e. advances) in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of trustees of the FHLB. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, CCB is required to own capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.15% (or 15 basis points), which is subject to annual adjustments, of the CCB’s total assets at the end of each calendar year, plus 4.5% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the activity-based stock ownership requirement. On December 31, 2011, CCB was in compliance with this requirement. 20 Privacy Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, federal banking regulators adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties. Overdraft Fee Regulation Effective July 1, 2010, a new federal banking rule under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibited financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this new rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in. Consumer Laws and Regulations CCB is also subject to other federal and state consumer laws and regulations that are designed to protect consumers in transactions with banks. While the list set forth below is not exhaustive, these laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair and Accurate Transactions Act, the Mortgage Disclosure Improvement Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers. CCB must comply with the applicable provisions of these consumer protection laws and regulations as part of its ongoing customer relations. Future Legislative Developments Various legislative acts are from time to time introduced in Congress and the Florida legislature. This legislation may change banking statutes and the environment in which our banking subsidiary and we operate in substantial and unpredictable ways. We cannot determine the ultimate effect that potential legislation, if enacted, or implementing regulations with respect thereto, would have upon our financial condition or results of operations or that of our banking subsidiary. Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies The commercial banking business in which CCB engages is affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve. Changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing, availability of borrowing at the “discount window,” open market operations, the imposition of changes in reserve requirements against member banks’ deposits and assets of foreign banking centers and the imposition of and changes in reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates are some of the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve. These monetary policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distributions of bank loans, investments and deposits, and this use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve are influenced by various factors, including inflation, unemployment, and short-term and long-term changes in the international trade balance and in the fiscal policies of the U.S. Government. Future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on the future business and earnings of CCB cannot be predicted. Income Taxes We are subject to income taxes at the federal level and subject to state taxation based on the laws of each state in which we operate. We file a consolidated federal tax return with a fiscal year ending on December 31. Website Access to Company’s Reports Our Internet website is www.ccbg.com. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, including any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a) or 15(d), and reports filed pursuant to Section 16, 13(d), and 13(g) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report. 21 Item 1A. Risk Factors An investment in our common stock contains a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risk factors before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Our business, including our operating results and financial condition, could be harmed by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in our filings with the SEC, including our financial statements and related notes. Risks Related to Our Business Should our financial condition deteriorate, we may need additional capital resources in the future and these capital resources may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If we do raise additional capital, your ownership could be diluted. Should our financial condition deteriorate, we may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to maintain required minimum capital ratios. Such financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Prior to issuing new or refinancing existing debt, we must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve pursuant to the Federal Reserve Resolutions. Furthermore, our Articles of Incorporation do not provide shareowners with preemptive rights and such shares may be offered to investors other than shareowners at the discretion of the Board. If we do sell additional shares of common stock to raise capital, the sale could reduce market price per share of common stock and dilute your ownership interest and such dilution could be substantial. An impairment in the carrying value of our goodwill could negatively impact our earnings and capital. Goodwill is initially recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given the current economic environment and conditions in the financial markets, including the sustained trading price of our common stock at below book value, we are required to consider the recoverability of goodwill each quarter (rather than a typical annual assessment) and conduct a valuation analysis, if appropriate. Continued sustained decline in our market capitalization, disruptions in our business, or unexpected declines in our operating results and the resulting analyses could result in goodwill impairment charges in the future. These non-cash impairment charges could adversely affect our results of operations in future periods, and could also significantly impact certain financial ratios. Goodwill impairment is a non-cash charge, which does not adversely affect the calculation of our risk based and tangible capital ratios. Please see Note 5 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion. As of December 31, 2011, we had $84.8 million in goodwill, which represented approximately 3.2% of our total assets. An inadequate allowance for loan losses would overstate our current period earnings. We are exposed to the risk that our clients will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms and that any collateral securing the payment of their loans will not be sufficient to assure full repayment. This will result in credit losses that are inherent in the lending business. We evaluate the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for loan losses that we believe is adequate based upon such factors as: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) the risk characteristics of various classifications of loans; previous loan loss experience; specific loans that have loss potential; delinquency trends; estimated fair market value of the collateral; current economic conditions; and geographic and industry loan concentrations. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses was $31.0 million, which represented approximately 1.91% of its total amount of loans. The Bank had $75.0 million in nonaccruing loans as of December 31, 2011. The allowance may not prove sufficient to cover future loan losses. Although management uses the best information available to make determinations with respect to the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used or adverse developments arise with respect to the Bank’s nonperforming or performing loans. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the estimated losses on loans. Such agencies may require us to recognize additional losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. Accordingly, the allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover loan losses or significant increases to the allowance may be required in the future if economic conditions should worsen. Material additions to the Bank’s allowance for loan losses would adversely impact our net income and capital in future periods, while having the effect of overstating our current period earnings. 22 If our nonperforming assets continue to increase, our earnings will suffer. At December 31, 2011, our nonperforming loans totaled $75.0 million, or 4.61% of the total loan portfolio, which is an increase of $9.3 million over nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010, but a decrease of $11.3 million compared to nonperforming loans at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2011, our nonperforming assets (which include other real estate owned) were $137.6 million, or 5.21% of total assets. In addition, the Bank had approximately $19.6 million in accruing loans that were greater than 30 days delinquent as of December 31, 2011. Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on nonaccrual loans or real estate owned. In addition, if our estimate for the recorded allowance for loan losses proves to be incorrect and our allowance is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss which could lead to higher loan losses and nonperforming assets. We originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction loans, vacant land loans, consumer loans, and residential mortgage loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate, commercial, construction, vacant land, and consumer loans may expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by single-family residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans may not be sold as easily as single-family residential real estate. In addition, these loan types tend to involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the following reasons: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. Commercial Loans. Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. Construction Loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. Vacant Land Loans. Because vacant or unimproved land is generally held by the borrower for investment purposes or future use, payments on loans secured by vacant or unimproved land will typically rank lower in priority to the borrower than a loan the borrower may have on their primary residence or business. These loans are susceptible to adverse conditions in the real estate market and local economy. Consumer Loans. Consumer loans (such as personal lines of credit) are collateralized, if at all, with assets that may not provide an adequate source of payment of the loan due to depreciation, damage, or loss. We may incur losses if we are unable to successfully manage interest rate risk. Our profitability depends to a large extent on the Bank’s net interest income, which is the difference between income on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities, and expense on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings. We are unable to predict changes in market interest rates, which are affected by many factors beyond our control including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, domestic and international events and changes in the United States and other financial markets. Our net interest income may be reduced if: (i) more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are declining or (ii) more interest-bearing liabilities than interest-earning assets reprice or mature during a time when interest rates are rising. Changes in the difference between short- and long-term interest rates may also harm our business. For example, short-term deposits may be used to fund longer-term loans. When differences between short-term and long-term interest rates shrink or disappear, as has occurred in the current zero interest rate policy environment, the spread between rates paid on deposits and received on loans could narrow significantly, decreasing our net interest income. If market interest rates rise rapidly, interest rate adjustment caps may limit increases in the interest rates on adjustable rate loans, thereby limiting the incremental income generated by those loans in any one year. 23 Since we engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with the ownership of real property, which could result in reduced net income. Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) general or local economic conditions; environmental cleanup liability; neighborhood values; interest rates; real estate tax rates; operating expenses of the mortgaged properties; supply of and demand for rental units or properties; ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties; zoning laws; governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and acts of God. Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of operating real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect our investment or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss. Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, and other sources, could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could negatively impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated, adverse regulatory action against us, or our inability to attract and retain deposits. Our ability to borrow could be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the unstable credit markets. Our ability to borrow requires prior approval from the Federal Reserve. Confidential client information transmitted through our online banking service is vulnerable to security breaches and computer viruses, which could expose us to litigation and adversely affect our reputation and our ability to generate deposits. We provide our clients the ability to bank online. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of banking online. Our network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that our activities or the activities of our clients involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing clients to lose confidence in our systems and could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to generate deposits. Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry. We face vigorous competition from other banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area. A number of these banks and other financial institutions are significantly larger than we are and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services. To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing than we can. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern us. As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services. This competition may reduce or limit our margins and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 24 Risks Related to Regulation and Legislation Recently enacted legislation, particularly the Dodd-Frank Act, could materially and adversely affect us by increasing compliance costs, heightening our risk of noncompliance with applicable regulations, and changing the competitive landscape in the banking industry. From time to time, the U.S. Congress and state legislatures consider changing laws and enact new laws to further regulate the financial services industry. On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions. As discussed in the section entitled “Business-Regulatory Considerations” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions that affect all banks and bank holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that, among other things: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to total consolidated assets less average tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the federal deposit insurance fund, and increase the floor of the size of the federal deposit insurance fund; repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby generally permitting the payment of interest on all deposit accounts; centralize responsibility for promulgating regulations under and enforcing federal consumer financial protection laws in a new bureau of consumer financial protection; require the FDIC to seek to make its capital requirements for banks countercyclical; implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, that apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions; establish new rules and restrictions regarding the origination of mortgages; and permit the Federal Reserve to prescribe regulations regarding interchange transaction fees, and limit them to an amount reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer for the transaction in question. Many of these and other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rule-making and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. Although we cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on us and our prospects, our target markets and the financial industry more generally, we believe that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder are likely to impose additional administrative and regulatory burdens that will obligate us to incur additional expenses and will adversely affect our margins and profitability. We will also have a heightened risk of noncompliance with the additional regulations. Finally, the impact of some of these new regulations is not known at this time and may affect our ability to compete long-term with larger competitors. The Federal Reserve’s repeal of the prohibition against payment of interest on demand deposits (Regulation Q) may increase competition for such deposits and ultimately increase interest expense. A major portion of our net income comes from our interest rate spread, which is the difference between the interest rates paid by us on amounts used to fund assets and the interest rates and fees we receive on our interest-earning assets. Our interest-earning assets include outstanding loans extended to our customers and securities held in our investment portfolio. We fund assets using deposits and other borrowings. Our goal has been to maintain non-interest-bearing deposits in the range of 15% to 30% of total deposits, and we currently maintain approximately 30% of deposits as non-interest bearing. On July 14, 2011, the Federal Reserve issued final rules to repeal Regulation Q, which had prohibited the payment of interest on demand deposits by institutions that are member banks of the Federal Reserve System. The final rules implement Section 627 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which repealed Section 19(i) of the Federal Reserve Act in its entirety effective July 21, 2011. As a result, banks and thrifts are now permitted to offer interest-bearing demand deposit accounts to commercial customers, which were previously forbidden under Regulation Q. The repeal of Regulation Q may cause increased competition from other financial institutions for these deposits. If we decide to pay interest on demand accounts, we would expect our interest expense to increase. We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments in the future which would increase our operating costs. Recent insured depository institution failures, as well as deterioration in banking and economic conditions, have significantly increased the loss provisions of the FDIC, resulting in a decline in the designated reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund to historical lows. The FDIC recently increased the designated reserve ratio from 1.25 to 2.00. In addition, the deposit insurance limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage generally has increased to $250,000, which may result in even larger losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. These developments have caused an increase to our assessments, and the FDIC may be required to make additional increases to the assessment rates and levy additional special assessments on us. Higher assessments increase our non-interest expense. 25 Since 2009, our assessment rates, which also include our assessment for participating in the FDIC’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program, have increased significantly. Additionally, on May 22, 2009, the FDIC announced a final rule imposing a special 5 basis point emergency assessment as of June 30, 2009, payable September 30, 2009, based on assets minus Tier I Capital at June 30, 2009, but the amount of the assessment was capped at 10.00 basis points of domestic deposits. Finally, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a new rule requiring insured institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. We prepaid an assessment of $11.5 million, which incorporated a uniform 3.00 basis point increase effective January 1, 2011. These higher FDIC assessment rates and special assessments have had and will continue to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Our FDIC insurance related cost was $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. We are unable to predict the impact in future periods, including whether and when additional special assessments will occur. The Dodd-Frank Act also amended the Federal Deposit Insurance Act changing the base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance assessment is calculated. These amendments require the appropriate assessment base to be calculated as the institution’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than the institution’s deposits. The FDIC’s implementing regulation for these amendments became effective for the quarter beginning April 1, 2011 and was reflected in invoices for assessments due September 30, 2011. These developments have caused, and may cause in the future, an increase to our assessments, and the FDIC may be required to make additional increases to the assessment rates and levy additional special assessments on us. Higher insurance premiums and assessments increase our costs and may limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities. We also may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased level, because financial institution failures resulting from the depressed market conditions have depleted and may continue to deplete the deposit insurance fund and reduce its ratio of reserves to insured deposits. We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities and impose financial requirements or limitations on the conduct of our business. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC. Our compliance with these industry regulations is costly and restricts certain of our activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits, access to capital and brokered deposits and locations of banking offices. In addition, please see “Item 1. Business–About Us–Regulatory Matter” for a discussion regarding the Federal Reserve Resolutions. If we are unable to meet these regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. The Bank must also meet regulatory capital requirements imposed by our regulators. An inability to meet these capital requirements would result in numerous mandatory supervisory actions and additional regulatory restrictions, and could have a negative impact on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. In addition to the regulations of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation, the Federal Reserve, and the FDIC, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Bank must also comply with applicable regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Bank’s activities are also regulated under consumer protection laws applicable to our lending, deposit and other activities. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes significant additional regulation on our operations. Regulation by all of these agencies is intended primarily for the protection of our depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund and not for the benefit of our shareowners. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial condition. Please refer to the Section entitled “Business – Regulatory Considerations” in this Report. We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements which would adversely affect our net income and future growth. The Dodd-Frank Act applies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies, which, among other things, will change the way in which hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, are treated for purposes of determining a bank holding company’s regulatory capital. On June 14, 2011, the federal banking agencies published a final rule regarding minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies consistent with the requirements of Section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act. For a more detailed description of the minimum capital requirements see “Regulatory Considerations – The Bank – Capital Regulations”. The Dodd-Frank Act also increased regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency. These requirements, and any other new regulations, could adversely affect our ability to pay 26 dividends, or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. In addition, on September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, announced agreement on the calibration and phase-in arrangements for a strengthened set of capital requirements, known as Basel III. On December 20, 2011, the Federal Reserve announced its intention to implement substantially all of the Basel III rules which would generally be applicable to institutions with greater than $50 billion in assets. Banking regulators could implement additional changes to the capital adequacy standards applicable to us and the Bank in the future. When fully phased in, Basel III will introduce a minimum Tier I common equity ratio of 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and establish a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets above the regulatory minimum capital requirement, establishing a minimum common equity ratio plus capital conservation buffer at 7%. This capital conservation buffer will impose capital distribution constraints when the Tier I capital ratio falls under 8.5% and the total capital ratio falls under 10.5%. In addition, Basel III introduces a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other loss absorbing capital above the regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer for periods of excess credit growth. Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier I leverage ratio based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards. The Basel III capital and liquidity standards will be phased in over a period of several years. The text of the final Basel III capital and liquidity rules was published on December 16, 2010, and is now subject to individual adoption by member nations, including the United States. Future increases in minimum capital requirements could adversely affect our net income. Furthermore, our failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations. Florida financial institutions, such as the Bank, face a higher risk of noncompliance and enforcement actions with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations. Since September 11, 2001, banking regulators have intensified their focus on anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act compliance requirements, particularly the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). Since 2004, federal banking regulators and examiners have been extremely aggressive in their supervision and examination of financial institutions located in the State of Florida with respect to the institution’s Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering compliance. Consequently, numerous formal enforcement actions have been issued against financial institutions. In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, the Bank has been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. If the Bank’s policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that it has already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, the Bank would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of its business plan, including its acquisition plans. Risks Related to Market Events Our loan portfolio is heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by properties in Florida and Georgia which heightens our risk of loss than if we had a more geographically diversified portfolio. Our interest-earning assets are heavily concentrated in mortgage loans secured by real estate, particularly real estate located in Florida and Georgia. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 80.4% of our loans had real estate as a primary, secondary, or tertiary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower; however, the value of the collateral may decline during the time the credit is extended. If we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values, such as in today’s market, to satisfy the debt, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected. Additionally, as of December 31, 2011, substantially all of our loans secured by real estate are secured by commercial and residential properties located in Northern Florida and Middle Georgia. The concentration of our loans in this area subjects us to risk that a downturn in the economy or recession in those areas, such as the one the areas are currently experiencing, could result in a decrease in loan originations and increases in delinquencies and foreclosures, which would more greatly affect us than if our lending were more geographically diversified. In addition, since a large portion of our portfolio is secured by properties located in Florida and Georgia, the occurrence of a natural disaster, such as a hurricane, or a man-made disaster could result in a decline in loan originations, a decline in the value or destruction of mortgaged properties and an increase in the risk of delinquencies, foreclosures or loss on loans originated by us. We may suffer further losses due to the decline in the value of the properties underlying our mortgage loans, which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. 27 Our concentration in loans secured by real estate may increase our credit losses, which would negatively affect our financial results. Due to the lack of diversified industry within the markets served by the Bank and the relatively close proximity of our geographic markets, we have both geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded. Specifically, due to the nature of our markets, a significant portion of the portfolio has historically been secured with real estate. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 39.2% and 39.5% of our $1.629 billion loan portfolio was secured by commercial real estate and residential real estate, respectively. As of this same date, approximately 1.6% was secured by property under construction. The current downturn in the real estate market, the deterioration in the value of collateral, and the local and national economic recessions, have adversely affected our clients’ ability to repay their loans. If these conditions persist, or get worse, our clients’ ability to repay their loans will be further eroded. In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing one of our mortgage loans or otherwise pursue our remedies in order to protect our investment, we may be unable to recover funds in an amount equal to our projected return on our investment or in an amount sufficient to prevent a loss to us due to prevailing economic conditions, real estate values and other factors associated with the ownership of real property. As a result, the market value of the real estate or other collateral underlying our loans may not, at any given time, be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans, and consequently, we would sustain loan losses. Future economic growth in our Florida market area is likely to be slower compared to previous years. The State of Florida’s population growth has historically exceeded national averages. Consequently, the state has experienced substantial growth in population, new business formation, and public works spending. Due to the moderation of economic growth and migration into our market area and the downturn in the real estate market, management believes that growth in our market area will be restrained in the near term. We have experienced an overall slowdown in the origination of residential mortgage loans recently due to the slowing in residential real estate sales activity in our markets. A decrease in existing and new home sales decreases lending opportunities and negatively affects our income. Additionally, if property values continue to decline, this could lead to additional valuation adjustments on our loan portfolios. The fair value of our investments could decline which would cause a reduction in shareowners’ equity. Our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2011 has been designated as available-for-sale pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles relating to accounting for investments. Such principles require that unrealized gains and losses in the estimated value of the available-for-sale portfolio be “marked to market” and reflected as a separate item in shareowners’ equity (net of tax) as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss. At December 31, 2011, we maintained all of our investment securities in the available-for-sale classification. Shareowners’ equity will continue to reflect the unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) of these investments. The fair value of our investment portfolio may decline, causing a corresponding decline in shareowners’ equity. Management believes that several factors will affect the fair values of our investment portfolio. These include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates or expectations of changes, the degree of volatility in the securities markets, inflation rates or expectations of inflation and the slope of the interest rate yield curve (the yield curve refers to the differences between shorter-term and longer-term interest rates; a positively sloped yield curve means shorter-term rates are lower than longer-term rates). These and other factors may impact specific categories of the portfolio differently, and we cannot predict the effect these factors may have on any specific category. Concerns of clients over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in our deposits which would increase our funding costs and adversely affect our net income. With increased concerns about bank failures, clients are increasingly concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Clients may withdraw deposits from the Bank in an effort to ensure that the amount that they have on deposit at the Bank is fully insured. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs and net income. 28 We may be unable to pay dividends in the future. Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock On December 14, 2011, we announced the suspension of our quarterly dividend on our common stock. We believe that, given our inability to earn our dividend since 2008, it was, and continues to be, prudent to preserve our capital at least until the economic conditions in Florida and Georgia improve. In addition, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, we have agreed to defer the payment of interest on the Company’s trust preferred securities and to maintain the suspension of our quarterly dividend on our common stock until asset quality and the level of credit risk exposure improve. See Item 1. Business-About- Us-Regulatory Matter. Due to our contractual obligations with the holders of the trust preferred securities, we may not make dividend payments to our shareowners in the future until all accrued and unpaid interest owed to trust preferred securities holders is paid. Therefore, we cannot pay dividends to our shareowners until we (i) obtain approval from our regulators to pay interest on our trust preferred securities, (ii) pay all accrued and unpaid interest owed to holders of our trust preferred securities, and (iii) obtain approval from our regulators to pay dividends to our shareowners. We remain committed to resuming dividend payments to our shareowners and interest on our trust preferred securities as soon as conditions warrant, and subject to approval from our regulators, which approval may not be granted until such time as CCB’s asset quality and the level of credit risk exposure improve. Further, under applicable statutes and regulations, the Bank’s board of directors, after charging off bad debts, depreciation and other worthless assets, if any, and making provisions for reasonably anticipated future losses on loans and other assets, may quarterly, semi-annually, or annually declare and pay dividends to CCBG of up to the aggregate net income of that period combined with the Bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years and, with the approval of the Florida Office of Financial Regulation and Federal Reserve, declare a dividend from retained net income which accrued prior to the preceding two years. Under the aforementioned guidelines and restrictions, the Bank cannot declare or pay dividends to CCBG without the required approvals. Limited trading activity for shares of our common stock may contribute to price volatility. While our common stock is listed and traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, there has been limited trading activity in our common stock. The average daily trading volume of our common stock over the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011 was approximately 32,096 shares. Due to the limited trading activity of our common stock, relativity small trades may have a significant impact on the price of our common stock. Securities analysts may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock, and this may have a negative impact on its market price. The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities analysts publish about our business and our Company. We do not have any control over these securities analysts and they may not initiate coverage or continue to cover our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect its market price. If we are covered by securities analysts, and our common stock is the subject of an unfavorable report, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover our Company or fails to publish regular reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which may cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 29 Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, have substantial control over all matters requiring shareowner approval, including changes of control. Because Mr. William G. Smith, Jr. is a principal shareowner and our Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Bank, he has substantial control over all matters on a day to day basis. Our directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners beneficially owned approximately 41% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2011. Our principal shareowners include Robert H. Smith who beneficially owns 20.3% of our shares and who is the brother of William G. Smith, Jr., our Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer. William G. Smith, Jr. beneficially owns 21.9% of our shares. In addition, 2S Partnership beneficially owns 6.1% of our shares, however, its shares are also deemed to be beneficially owned by Messrs. Smith and Smith. Together, Messrs. Smith and Smith beneficially own 34.2% of our shares. Accordingly, these directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners, if acting together, may be able to influence or control matters requiring approval by our shareowners, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers, acquisitions or other extraordinary transactions. In addition, because William G. Smith, Jr. is the Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of CCBG and Chairman of the Bank, he has substantial control over all matters on a day to day basis, including the nomination and election of directors. These directors, executive officers, and principal shareowners may also have interests that differ from yours and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to your interests. The concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our shareowners of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock. You may also have difficulty changing management, the composition of the Board of Directors, or the general direction of our Company. Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and certain laws and regulations may prevent or delay transactions you might favor, including a sale or merger of CCBG. CCBG is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act (“BHCA”). As a result, we are subject to supervisory regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the BHCA, and other federal laws subject bank holding companies to particular restrictions on the types of activities in which they may engage, and to a range of supervisory requirements and activities, including regulatory enforcement actions for violations of laws and regulations. Provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, certain laws and regulations and various other factors may make it more difficult and expensive for companies or persons to acquire control of us without the consent of our Board of Directors. It is possible, however, that you would want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential buyer could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. For example, our Articles of Incorporation permit our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareowner action. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage a company from attempting to obtain control of us by means of a tender offer, merger, proxy contest or otherwise. Additionally, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws divide our Board of Directors into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms. One class is elected each year. The classification of our Board of Directors could make it more difficult for a company to acquire control of us. We are also subject to certain provisions of the Florida Business Corporation Act and our Articles of Incorporation that relate to business combinations with interested shareowners. Other provisions in our Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include: (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) (cid:131) Supermajority voting requirements to remove a director from office; Provisions regarding the timing and content of shareowner proposals and nominations; Supermajority voting requirements to amend Articles of Incorporation unless approval is received by a majority of “disinterested directors”; Absence of cumulative voting; and Inability for shareowners to take action by written consent. Shares of our common stock are not an insured deposit and may lose value. The shares of our common stock are not a bank deposit and will not be insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Your investment will be subject to investment risk, and you must be capable of affording the loss of your entire investment. 30 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. Item 2. Properties We are headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida. Our executive office is in the Capital City Bank building located on the corner of Tennessee and Monroe Streets in downtown Tallahassee. The building is owned by the Bank, but is located on land leased under a long-term agreement. As of February 29, 2012, the Bank had 70 banking locations. Of the 70 locations, the Bank leases the land, buildings, or both at 9 locations and owns the land and buildings at the remaining 61. Item 3. Legal Proceedings We are party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, there are no known pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. Not applicable. PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareowner Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CCBG.” The following table presents the range of high and low closing sales prices reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market and cash dividends declared for each quarter during the past two years. We had a total of 1,701 shareowners of record as of March 1, 2012. Common stock price: High Low Close Cash dividends per share Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter Fourth Quarter Third Quarter Second Quarter First Quarter 2011 2010 $ 11.11 $ 9.43 9.55 0.00 11.18 $ 9.81 10.38 0.10 13.12 $ 9.84 10.26 0.10 13.80 $ 11.87 12.68 0.10 14.19 $ 11.56 12.60 0.10 14.24 $ 10.76 12.14 0.10 18.25 $ 12.36 12.38 0.10 14.61 11.57 14.25 0.19 Florida law and Federal regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank can pay annually to us. Pursuant to the Federal Reserve Resolutions, without prior approval, CCBG is prohibited from paying dividends to shareowners and CCB is prohibited from paying dividends to CCBG. See Item 1. Business- About-Us-Regulatory Matter. In addition, see further dividend restrictions in the subsection entitled “Capital; Dividends; Sources of Strength” and “Dividends” in the Business section on page 15 and the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources – Dividends” -- in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Operating Results on page 57 and Note 15 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 31 Performance Graph This performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock with the cumulative total shareholder return of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the SNL Financial LC $1B-$5B Bank Index for the past five years. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2006 in our common stock and each of the above indices, and that all dividends were reinvested. The shareholder return shown below represents past performance and should not be considered indicative of future performance. Index Capital City Bank Group, Inc. NASDAQ Composite SNL $1B-$5B Bank Index 12/31/06 12/31/07 12/31/08 12/31/09 12/31/10 12/31/11 Period Ending $ 100.00 100.00 100.00 $ 32 $ 81.84 110.66 72.84 $ 81.31 66.42 60.42 $ 43.84 96.54 43.31 $ 41.44 114.06 49.09 32.28 113.16 44.77 Item 6. Selected Financial Data (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data Interest Income Net Interest Income Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income Noninterest Expense Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share: Basic Net Income (Loss) Diluted Net Income (Loss) Cash Dividends Declared Diluted Book Value Performance Ratios: Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin (FTE) Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenues Efficiency Ratio Asset Quality: Allowance for Loan Losses Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans Nonperforming Assets Nonperforming Assets to Assets Nonperforming Assets to Loans + OREO Allowance to Nonperforming Loans Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Capital Ratios: Tier I Capital Total Capital Tangible Capital Leverage Equity to Assets Dividend Pay-Out Averages for the Year: Loans, Net Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Year-End Balances: Loans, Net Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Other Data: Basic Average Shares Outstanding Diluted Average Shares Outstanding Shareowners of Record(1) Banking Locations(1) Full-Time Equivalent Associates(1) $ $ $ $ 2011 99,459 91,922 18,996 58,848 126,248 4,897 0.29 0.29 0.30 14.68 0.19% 1.86 4.18 39.13 82.79 $ 2010 110,495 97,533 23,824 56,825 133,916 (413) For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 122,776 105,934 40,017 57,391 132,115 (3,471) $ $ (0.02) (0.02) 0.49 15.15 $ (0.20) (0.20) 0.76 15.72 (0.02)% (0.16) 4.32 36.81 84.23 (0.14)% (1.26) 4.96 35.14 77.33 $ $ 2008 142,866 108,866 32,496 67,040 121,472 15,225 0.89 0.89 0.74 16.27 0.59% 5.06 4.96 38.11 64.91 $ 31,035 $ 35,436 $ 43,999 $ 37,004 $ 1.91% 2.01% 2.30% 1.89% 137,623 5.21 8.14 41.37 1.39 13.96% 15.32 6.51 10.26 9.54 103.45 123,637 4.72 6.81 53.94 1.77 13.24% 14.59 6.82 10.10 9.88 NM 122,408 4.52 6.27 51.00 1.66 12.76% 14.11 6.84 10.39 9.89 NM 106,098 4.26 5.39 38.20 0.71 13.34% 14.69 7.76 11.51 11.20 83.71 2007 165,323 112,241 6,163 59,300 121,992 29,683 1.66 1.66 0.71 17.03 1.18% 9.68 5.25 34.57 66.77 18,066 0.95% 28,162 1.08 1.47 71.92 0.27 13.05% 14.05 7.71 10.83 11.19 42.77 $ $ 1,686,995 2,221,317 2,583,197 2,081,583 263,048 1,628,683 2,266,193 2,641,312 2,172,519 251,492 17,139,558 17,140,390 1,701 70 959 $ $ 1,829,193 2,294,282 2,644,731 2,192,323 264,679 1,758,671 2,269,185 2,622,053 2,103,976 259,019 17,075,867 17,076,724 1,768 70 975 $ $ 1,961,990 2,184,232 2,516,815 1,992,429 275,545 1,915,940 2,369,029 2,708,324 2,258,234 267,899 17,043,964 17,044,711 1,778 70 1,006 $ $ 1,918,417 2,240,649 2,567,905 2,066,065 300,890 1,957,797 2,156,172 2,488,699 1,992,174 278,830 17,141,454 17,146,914 1,756 68 1,042 $ $ 1,934,850 2,183,528 2,507,217 1,990,446 306,617 1,915,850 2,272,829 2,616,327 2,142,344 292,675 17,909,396 17,911,587 1,750 70 1,097 (1) As of record date. The record date is on or about March 1st of the following year. NM – Not Meaningful 33 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) provides supplemental information, which sets forth the major factors that have affected our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K. The MD&A is divided into subsections entitled “Business Overview,” “Executive Overview,” “Results of Operations,” “Financial Condition,” “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements,” “Fourth Quarter, 2011 Financial Results,” and “Accounting Policies.” The following information should provide a better understanding of the major factors and trends that affect our earnings performance and financial condition, and how our performance during 2011 compares with prior years. Throughout this section, Capital City Bank Group, Inc., and its subsidiary, collectively, are referred to as “CCBG,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our.” In this MD&A, we present an operating efficiency ratio which is not calculated based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), but that we believe provides important information regarding our results of operations. Our calculation of the operating efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense less intangible amortization and merger expenses, by the sum of tax equivalent net interest income and noninterest income. Management uses this non-GAAP measure as part of its assessment of its performance in managing noninterest expenses. We believe that excluding intangible amortization and merger expenses in our calculations better reflects our periodic expenses and is more reflective of normalized operations. Although we believe the above-mentioned non-GAAP financial measure enhances investors’ understanding of our business and performance this non-GAAP financial measure should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. In addition, there are material limitations associated with the use of this non-GAAP financial measure such as the risks that readers of our financial statements may disagree as to the appropriateness of items included or excluded in this measure and that our measure may not be directly comparable to other companies that calculate this measure differently. Our management compensates for this limitation by providing a detailed reconciliation between GAAP information and the non-GAAP financial measure as detailed below. Reconciliation of operating efficiency ratio to efficiency ratio: Efficiency ratio Effect of intangible amortization and merger expenses Operating efficiency ratio 34 For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 2011 83.22% (0.43) 82.79% 85.95% (1.72) 84.23% 79.77% (2.44) 77.33% CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including this MD&A section, contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Our actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. Please see the Introductory Note and Item 1A Risk Factors of this Annual Report for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. However, other factors besides those listed in Item 1A Risk Factors or discussed in this Annual Report also could adversely affect our results, and you should not consider any such list of factors to be a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement, except as required by applicable law. BUSINESS OVERVIEW Our Business We are a bank holding company headquartered in Tallahassee, Florida, and we are the parent of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Capital City Bank (the “Bank” or “CCB”). The Bank offers a broad array of products and services through a total of 70 full-service offices located in Florida, Georgia, and Alabama. The Bank offers commercial and retail banking services, as well as trust and asset management, retail securities brokerage and data processing services. Our profitability, like most financial institutions, is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference between the interest received on earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, principally deposits and borrowings. Results of operations are also affected by the provision for loan losses, operating expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses including income taxes, and noninterest income such as service charges on deposit accounts, asset management and trust fees, retail securities brokerage fees, mortgage banking fees, bank card fees, and data processing fees. Much of our lending operations, approximately 78%, are within the State of Florida, which has been particularly hard hit by the current economic recession. Furthermore, approximately 80% of our loan portfolio has real estate as the primary collateral, approximately 40% of which is secured by residential real estate. Evidence of the economic downturn in Florida is particularly reflected in recent unemployment statistics and realization of real estate property devaluation. According to data from the U.S. Department of Labor, the Florida unemployment rate (seasonally adjusted) at December 2011 was 9.9% which is above the national average of 8.5%, but reflects an improvement over Florida’s unemployment rate of 12.0% at the end of 2010. The level of unemployment, as well as wealth reduction due to depressed markets, has adversely affected our market areas as evidenced by layoffs and business closings. Florida has also realized an increasing trend in the number of bankruptcy filings since 2007 with the most significant being non-business bankruptcy filings. During 2011, this trend reversed as total filings declined by approximately 10%. Based on data from the U.S. Census Bureau, from 2006 through the end of 2010, median household income decreased by 3.1% in Florida. Additionally, real estate property valuations have declined and remained depressed during the recent economic downturn, which has resulted in higher levels of problem assets and credit-related costs. Additionally, according to the Federal Housing Finance Agency, Florida has experienced negative trends in single-family home prices (as indicated by housing price indices) in most all quarters since the beginning of 2007 through the end of 2011. High unemployment, high volumes of non-business bankruptcy filings, decreased median household income, and depressed real estate values all affect the value of our loan portfolio and the associated risks. While these statistics improved during 2011, we expect that the recovery of the economy and housing market in Florida will be slow. The continuing depressed economic conditions in Florida have adversely affected financial institutions statewide. Based on the most recent data available from the FDIC past-due and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans (median %) for all Florida financial institutions was 6.39% as of September 30, 2011. This represents an increase of 0.11% from December 31, 2010. Continuation of adverse economic conditions will impact our clients as well as the financial performance of CCB. 35 Strategic Review Our philosophy is to build long-term client relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards, and safe and sound banking practices. We maintain a locally oriented, community-based focus, which is augmented by experienced, centralized support in select specialized areas. Our local market orientation is reflected in our network of banking office locations, experienced community executives with a dedicated President for each market, and community boards which support our focus on responding to local banking needs. We strive to offer a broad array of sophisticated products and to provide quality service by empowering associates to make decisions in their local markets. We have sought to build a franchise in small-to medium-sized, less competitive markets, located on the outskirts of the larger metropolitan markets where we are positioned as a market leader. Many of our markets are on the outskirts of these larger markets in close proximity to major interstate thoroughfares such as Interstates I-10 and I-75. Our three largest markets are Tallahassee (Leon-Florida), Gainesville (Alachua-Florida), and Macon (Bibb-Georgia). In 13 of 20 markets in Florida and 3 of 5 markets in Georgia, we rank within the top 4 in terms of market share. Furthermore, in the counties in which we operate, we maintain an average 8.82% market share in the Florida counties and 6.26% in the Georgia counties, suggesting that there is significant opportunity to grow market share within these geographic areas. The larger employers in many of our markets are state and local governments, healthcare providers, education institutions, and small businesses. While we realize that the markets in our footprint do not provide for a level of potential growth that the larger metropolitan markets may provide, our markets do provide good growth dynamics and have historically grown in excess of the national average. We strive to provide value added services to our clients by being their banker, not just a bank. This element of our strategy enables us to distinguish Capital City Bank from our competitors and was memorialized in our “More Than Your Bank, Your Banker” advertising campaign that continued into 2011. While our growth has slowed, our long-term vision remains to profitably expand our franchise through a combination of organic growth in existing markets and acquisitions. We have long understood that our core deposit funding base is a predominant driver of our profitability and overall franchise value, and have focused extensively on this component of our organic growth efforts in recent years. While we have not been an active acquirer of banks since 2005, this component of our strategy is still in place. Since 2005, unreasonable pricing expectations, economic conditions and the regulatory environment have driven an enhanced focus on organic growth. As conditions improve, potential acquisition growth will continue to be focused on Florida, Georgia, and Alabama with a particular focus on financial institutions located on the outskirts of larger, metropolitan areas. Five markets have been identified, four in Florida and one in Georgia, in which management will proactively pursue expansion opportunities. These markets include Alachua, Marion, Hernando/Pasco counties in Florida, the western panhandle of Florida, and Bibb and surrounding counties in central Georgia. Our focus on some of these markets may change as we continue to evaluate our strategy and the impact the current economic cycle is having on any individual market. We will also continue to evaluate de novo expansion opportunities in attractive new markets in the event that acquisition opportunities are not feasible. Other expansion opportunities that will be evaluated include asset management and mortgage banking. Embedded in our acquisition strategy is our desire to partner with institutions that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either established market presence or have potential for improved profitability through growth, economies of scale, or expanded services. Generally, these target institutions will range in asset size from $100 million to $400 million. We believe our ability to expand, however, has been limited in the short- term due to our current level of credit risk exposure and the aforementioned Federal Reserve Resolutions (See Item 1. Business-About Us-Regulatory Matter). EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW 2011 was a year of continued challenge for our industry and in particular banks that operate in the State of Florida as the economic recovery has been slow and housing markets remain sluggish. Our earnings improvement in 2011 was driven by lower credit related costs as well as lower operating expenses. Our primary focus in 2011 was on the reduction of our nonperforming assets and improvement in core earnings drivers. Though our nonperforming assets increased year over year, we made great strides in disposing of OREO properties and stabilizing the level of problem loan inflow. We continue to allocate significant resources to these efforts. An extended period of low interest rates and weak loan demand continue to place pressure on our revenues. During 2011, we realized an unfavorable shift in our earning asset mix as loan run-off in our core loan portfolio outpaced new loan production. Loan growth remained challenging throughout the year given continued market uncertainty, consumer and business deleveraging, and government budget shortfalls. We were, however, in a position to better manage our funding mix and achieve a respectable net interest margin that remains above the median for our Southeast bank peers. Growth in noninterest bearing core deposits during 2011 was one of our primary initiatives and year over year we grew these account balances by approximately $106 million, or 22.8%. This favorable shift in the mix of our deposit base further strengthens our ability to rely on less costly forms of funding and deepen our banking relationships through cross-sell of other bank products, both of which favorably impacted our earnings. Savings associated with our cost management initiatives also contributed to our earnings improvement in 2011. 36 Our regulatory capital ratios improved year over year and remain well above the regulatory-defined levels required to be considered “well capitalized”. During 2011, we continued to carry a high level of liquidity as a result of strong deposit growth. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we suspended the payment of the dividend on our common stock in order to preserve capital as we continue working through the protracted economic recovery in Florida. We see 2012 as another challenging year as we work to reduce our inventory of nonperforming assets, however, we remain focused on our core earnings drivers to better position us for the future. Key components of our 2011 financial performance are summarized below: Results of Operations • • • • For 2011, taxable equivalent net interest income decreased $6.1 million, or 6.2%, to $92.8 million due to an unfavorable change in earning asset mix and yield, partially offset by a reduction in interest expense. Our net interest margin of 4.18% in 2011 was 14 basis points lower than 2010 reflecting an unfavorable shift in the mix of our earning assets due lower loan balances and continued downward pressure on yields reflective of the extended low rate environment. We continue to manage our deposit mix and rates to partially mitigate the unfavorable impact of weak loan demand and repricing. We recorded a loan loss provision of $19.0 million for 2011 compared to $23.8 million in 2010 reflecting a lower level of specific reserves required for newly identified impaired loans. Other real estate owned (“OREO”) costs continue to be a significant driver of our performance and totaled $12.7 million in 2011 versus $14.9 million in 2010, reflecting a decline in the level of valuation write-downs. For 2011, noninterest income totaled $58.8 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 3.6%, over 2010 due to a $2.2 million increase in other income reflective of a $3.2 million pre-tax gain from the sale of our Class B shares of Visa stock that was partially offset by lower merchant fees of $1.1 million. Higher retail brokerage fees of $0.4 million and bank card fees of $0.9 million also contributed to the year over year increase, but were partially offset by lower deposit fees of $1.0 million. Noninterest expense totaled $126.2 million in 2011, a $7.7 million, or 5.7%, decline from 2010 driven by lower expense for FDIC insurance fees of $1.9 million, intangible amortization of $2.0 million, and OREO properties of $2.2 million. Continued efforts to better manage controllable expenses such as advertising, professional fees, legal fees, and telephone also contributed to the decline for the year. Financial Condition • • • • • • Average earning assets for 2011 were approximately $2.221 billion, representing a decrease of $73.0 million, or 3.2%, from 2010 driven by a decline in average deposit balances of $110.7 million, or 5.0%. Further reduction in loan balances attributable to slow recovery of loan demand in our markets, and the impact of loans migrating to OREO status as well as loan charge-offs drove an unfavorable shift in the mix of our earning assets. We continue to maintain a strong liquidity position as evidenced by average funds sold of approximately $229.0 million for the year. During 2011, average investment securities grew by $89.1 million, or 41.2%, reflecting the deployment of liquidity into higher yielding investment securities. Average deposit balances declined by $110.7 million, or 5.0%, for 2011, primarily in the higher cost certificate of deposit category. Strong growth in average noninterest bearing account balances of $105.5 million, or 22.8%, during 2011 has enabled us to lower our cost of funds and partially mitigate the impact of the extended low interest environment on our earning asset yields. At year-end 2011, our nonperforming assets totaled $137.6 million, an increase of $14.0 million from year-end 2010. The level of our nonperforming assets reduced to a low of $114.6 million at the end of the third quarter of 2011 as nonaccrual loan balances reached a low of $53.0 million. However, the addition of five large relationships during the fourth quarter of 2011 increased our nonaccrual loan balance to $75.0 million, reflecting the impact of the slow economic recovery on our borrowers. During 2011, we realized a significant increase in sales of our OREO properties and for the second straight year realized a reduction in the gross additions to our nonaccrual portfolio. Our allowance for loan losses at year-end 2011 was $31.0 million (1.91% of loans) and provided coverage of 41% of nonperforming loans compared to $35.4 million (2.01% of loans) and 54% of nonperforming loans at year-end 2010. Net charge-offs for 2011 totaled $23.4 million, or 1.39% of total loans compared to $32.4 million, or 1.77%, in 2010 reflective of lower charge-offs for construction loans. Over the last four years, we have recorded a cumulative loan loss provision totaling $115.3 million, or 6.0% of beginning loans and have recognized cumulative net charge-offs of $102.0 million, or 5.3% of beginning loans. Shareowners’ equity declined by $7.1 million from $259.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $251.9 million at December 31, 2011. We continue to maintain a strong capital base as evidenced by a risk based capital ratio of 15.32% and a tangible common equity ratio of 6.51% compared to 14.59% and 6.82%, respectively, at year-end 2010. During 2011, we paid cash dividends totaling $5.1 million, or $0.30 per share, but in the fourth quarter of 2011 we suspended dividend payments to preserve our capital given the slower economic recovery in our markets. 37 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS For 2011, we realized net income of $4.9 million, or $0.29 per diluted share compared to a net loss of $0.4 million, or $0.02 per diluted share, in 2010, and a net loss of $3.5 million, or $0.20 per diluted share in 2009. The improvement in earnings for 2011 was due to a lower loan loss provision of $4.8 million, a $2.0 million increase in noninterest income, and lower noninterest expense of $7.7 million, partially offset by a reduction in net interest income of $5.6 million and higher income taxes of $3.6 million. 2011 performance reflects the sale of our Visa Class B shares of stock, which resulted in a $2.6 million net gain ($3.2 million pre-tax included in noninterest income and a swap liability of $0.6 million included in noninterest expense). For 2010, the improvement in earnings was due to a lower loan loss provision of $16.2 million, partially offset by an $8.4 million reduction in net interest income, lower noninterest income of $0.6 million, higher noninterest expense of $1.8 million, as well as a lower income tax benefit of $2.3 million. A condensed earnings summary for the last three years is presented in Table 1 below: Table 1 CONDENSED SUMMARY OF EARNINGS (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Interest Income Taxable Equivalent Adjustments Total Interest Income (FTE) Interest Expense Net Interest Income (FTE) Provision for Loan Losses Taxable Equivalent Adjustments Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income Noninterest Expense Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Net Income (Loss) Basic Net Income (Loss) Per Share Diluted Net Income (Loss) Per Share Net Interest Income $ $ $ $ 2011 $ $ For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 110,495 1,447 111,942 12,962 98,980 23,824 1,447 73,709 56,825 133,916 (3,382) (2,969) (413) 99,459 925 100,384 7,537 92,847 18,996 925 72,926 58,848 126,248 5,526 629 4,897 $ $ 2009 122,776 2,296 125,072 16,842 108,230 40,017 2,296 65,917 57,391 132,115 (8,807) (5,336) (3,471) 0.29 0.29 $ $ (0.02) (0.02) $ $ (0.20) (0.20) Net interest income represents our single largest source of earnings and is equal to interest income and fees generated by earning assets, less interest expense paid on interest bearing liabilities. We provide an analysis of our net interest income, including average yields and rates in Tables 2 and 3. We provide this information on a “taxable equivalent” basis to reflect the tax-exempt status of income earned on certain loans and investments, the majority of which are state and local government debt obligations. In 2011, our taxable equivalent net interest income decreased $6.1 million, or 6.2%. This follows a decrease of $9.3 million, or 8.5%, in 2010, and a decrease of $3.1 million, or 2.8%, in 2009. The decrease in our taxable equivalent net interest income in all years resulted from an unfavorable change in earning asset mix and yield, partially offset by a reduction in interest expense. Additionally, foregone interest on nonaccrual loans was lower in 2011 compared to 2010 helping to reduce the year-over-year decrease, but was a contributing factor to the declines experienced in both 2010 and 2009. For the year 2011, taxable equivalent interest income declined $11.6 million, or 10.3%, from 2010 and $13.2 million, or 10.5%, in 2010 over 2009. For the periods presented, taxable equivalent interest income was impacted by the factors mentioned above. These factors produced a 36 basis point decline in the yield on earning assets, which decreased from 4.88% in 2010 to 4.52% for 2011. This compares to an 85 basis point decline in 2010 over 2009. Interest expense decreased $5.4 million, or 41.9%, from 2010, and $3.9 million, or 23.0%, in 2010 over 2009. The decline in interest expense in 2011 resulted from a concentrated effort in all markets to lower the rates on interest bearing non-maturity balances and certificates of deposit, as well as a net reduction in the rates for our variable rate subordinated notes. The reduction in 2010 primarily reflected the decline in rates in certificate of deposits and the lower rates on the subordinated notes. 38 The average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities decreased 22 and 21 basis points compared to 2010 and 2009, respectively, reflecting the factors mentioned above. Our interest rate spread (defined as the taxable equivalent yield on average earning assets less the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities) decreased 11 basis points in 2011 compared to 2010 and declined 59 basis points in 2010 compared to 2009. The decrease in both years was primarily attributable to the adverse impact of lower rates and a change in the mix of earning assets, which more than offset the repricing of our deposit base. Our net interest margin (defined as taxable equivalent interest income less interest expense divided by average earning assets) of 4.18% in 2011 was 14 basis points lower than the 4.32% recorded in 2010 and the 4.96 reported in 2009. In 2011, compared to 2010, the yield on earning assets declined 36 basis points and was partially offset by a decline in the cost of funds of 22 basis points. The continued asset repricing and an unfavorable shift in our earning asset mix resulted in a net interest margin of 4.17% for the fourth quarter of 2011, which represents a decline of 34 basis points over the fourth quarter of 2010. The decline in earning assets primarily attributable to the loan portfolio, coupled with the low rate environment continues to put pressure on our net interest income. Lowering our costs of funds, to the extent we can, and continuing to shift the mix of our deposits will help to partially mitigate the unfavorable impact of weak loan demand and repricing. As experienced in 2010 and again throughout 2011, historically low interest rates (essentially setting a floor on deposit repricing), foregone interest, lower loan fees, unfavorable asset repricing without the flexibility to significantly adjust deposit rates and core deposit growth (which has strengthened our liquidity position, but contributed to an unfavorable shift in our earning asset mix), have all placed pressure on our net interest margin. Our current strategy as well as historically, is to not accept greater interest rate risk by reaching further out the curve for yield, particularly given the fact that short term rates are at historical lows. We continue to maintain short duration portfolios on both sides of the balance sheet and believe we are well positioned to respond to changing market conditions. Over time, this strategy has produced fairly consistent outcomes and a net interest margin that is significantly above peer comparisons. Given the unfavorable asset repricing and low rate environment, we anticipate continued pressure on the margin during 2012. 39 Table 2 AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES (Taxable Equivalent Basis - Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS Loans, Net of Unearned Interest(1)(2) Taxable Investment Securities Tax-Exempt Investment Securities(2) Funds Sold Total Earning Assets Cash & Due From Banks Allowance for Loan Losses Other Assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Other Time Deposits Total Interest Bearing Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Total Interest Bearing Liabilities Noninterest Bearing Deposits Other Liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY TOTAL SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY Average Balance $ 1,686,995 243,059 62,497 228,766 2,221,317 48,823 (32,066) 345,123 $ 2,583,197 $ 748,774 282,271 151,801 330,750 1,513,596 68,061 62,887 47,841 1,692,385 567,987 59,777 2,320,149 263,048 TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY $ 2,583,197 Interest Rate Spread Net Interest Income Net Interest Margin(3) $ $ 2011 Interest 95,520 3,320 996 548 100,384 890 437 73 2,547 3,947 305 1,380 1,905 7,537 $ 92,847 Average Rate Average Balance $ 1,829,193 126,078 90,352 248,659 2,294,282 51,883 (40,717) 339,283 $ 2,644,731 $ 863,719 320,786 131,945 413,428 1,729,878 27,864 62,887 51,767 1,872,396 462,445 45,211 2,380,052 264,679 $ 2,644,731 5.66% 1.38 1.59 0.24 4.52% 0.12% 0.15 0.05 0.77 0.26% 0.45 2.16 3.98 0.45% 4.07% 4.18% $ $ 2010 Interest 106,342 2,681 2,332 587 111,942 1,406 1,299 65 5,875 8,645 159 2,008 2,150 12,962 $ 98,980 Average Rate Average Balance $ 1,961,990 83,648 105,683 32,911 2,184,232 76,107 (42,331) 298,807 $ 2,516,815 $ 711,753 320,531 121,582 420,198 1,574,064 79,321 62,887 51,973 1,768,245 418,365 54,660 2,241,270 275,545 $ 2,516,815 5.81% 2.12 2.58 0.23 4.88% 0.16% 0.41 0.05 1.42 0.50% 0.57 3.15 4.15 0.69% 4.19% 4.32% $ $ 2009 Interest 118,186 2,698 4,106 82 125,072 1,039 1,288 60 8,198 10,585 291 3,730 2,236 16,842 $ 108,230 Average Rate 6.02% 3.22 3.88 0.25 5.73% 0.15% 0.40 0.05 1.95 0.67% 0.36 5.85 4.30 0.95% 4.78% 4.96% (1) (2) (3) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Interest income includes loan fees of $1.5 million, $1.5 million, and $1.6 million in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 35% tax rate. Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets. 40 Table 3 RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS(1) (Taxable Equivalent Basis - Dollars in Thousands) Earnings Assets: Loans, Net of Unearned Interest(2) Investment Securities: Taxable Tax-Exempt(2) Funds Sold Total Interest Bearing Liabilities: NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Time Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Long-Term Borrowings Total 2011 Changes From 2010 Due to Average Volume Total Rate Total 2010 Changes From 2009 Due to Average Volume Rate $ (10,822) $ (8,181) $ (2,641) $ (11,844) $ (7,362) $ (4,482) 640 (1,337) (39) 1,908 (719) (46) (11,558) (7,038) (515) (862) 8 (3,329) 145 (628) (244) (187) (156) 10 (1,176) 135 — (163) (5,425) (1,537) (1,268) (618) 7 (4,520) (328) (706) (2) (2,153) 10 (628) (81) (3,888) (17) (1,774) 505 753 (596) 536 (13,130) (6,669) 366 12 5 (2,323) (132) (1,722) (86) (3,880) 222 1 5 (132) (218) — (9) (131) (770) (1,178) (31) (6,461) 144 11 0 (2,191) 86 (1,722) (77) (3,749) Changes in Net Interest Income $ (6,133) $ (5,501) $ (632) $ (9,250) $ (6,538) $ (2,712) (1) (2) This table shows the change in taxable equivalent net interest income for comparative periods based on either changes in average volume or changes in average rates for earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Changes which are not solely due to volume changes or solely due to rate changes have been attributed to rate changes. Interest income includes the effects of taxable equivalent adjustments using a 35% tax rate to adjust interest on tax-exempt loans and securities to a taxable equivalent basis. 41 Provision for Loan Losses The provision for loan losses was $19.0 million in 2011, compared to $23.8 million in 2010 and $40.0 million in 2009. The decline in the loan loss provision for 2011 was primarily due to lower specific reserves required for newly identified impaired loans. Early in the credit cycle during 2008 and 2009, we experienced a higher volume of impaired loan additions related to higher risk borrowing activities, primarily construction and land development, a large portion of which has migrated through the collection and resolution cycle. We discuss this trend in further detail below under Risk Element Assets and Allowance for Loan Losses. The reduction in the loan loss provision for 2010 compared to 2009 reflected lower impaired loan reserves as the balance of our impaired loans declined and inflow into the impaired category slowed significantly year over year. The balance of our impaired loans totaled $87.8 million at year-end 2010 compared to $112.0 million at year-end 2009. A reduction in our general reserve also contributed to the lower loan loss provision. Improved loan quality trends realized in loan delinquencies, problem loan inflow, and classified loans contributed to the reduction in general reserve requirements. Noninterest Income Noninterest income totaled $58.8 million in 2011, $56.8 million in 2010, and $57.4 million in 2009. For 2011, the $2.0 million increase over 2010 was driven by a $2.2 million increase in other income. The increase in other income reflects a $3.2 million pre-tax gain from the sale of our Class B shares of Visa stock that was partially offset by lower merchant fees of $1.1 million. Higher retail brokerage fees of $0.4 million and bank card fees of $0.9 million also contributed to the year over year increase, but were partially offset by lower deposit fees of $1.0 million. For 2010, the $0.6 million decline was driven by lower deposit fees of $1.6 million and other income of $0.9 million, partially offset by higher asset management fees of $0.3 million, mortgage banking fees of $0.2 million, retail brokerage fees of $0.2 million, and bank card fees totaling $1.3 million. Noninterest income as a percent of total operating revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) was 39.1% in 2011, 36.8% in 2010, and 35.1% in 2009. The improvement in this metric for 2011 was driven by the gain from the sale of our Visa stock. This metric was also impacted by a lower level of net interest income in both 2011 and 2010. Legislated changes to Regulation E, which went into effect in July 2010, adversely impacted our deposit fees and, while we are exempt from requirements of Section 920 of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Durbin Amendment”) and therefore not directly impacted, we do not yet know to what extent our interchange income will be indirectly affected as the market adjusts to the implementation of the Durbin Amendment. In an effort to address the impact of these legislative changes, we continue to develop strategies aimed at deepening our banking relationships with our existing client base, improving our fee collection experience, and growing our wealth management line of business. The table below reflects the major components of noninterest income. (Dollars in Thousands) Noninterest Income: Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Data Processing Fees Asset Management Fees Retail Brokerage Fees Securities Transactions Mortgage Banking Fees Interchange Fees(1) ATM/Debit Card Fees(1) Other Total Noninterest Income (1) Together called “Bank Card Fees” For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 2011 2009 $ $ 25,451 3,230 4,364 3,251 — 2,675 5,622 4,519 9,736 58,848 $ $ 26,500 3,610 4,235 2,820 8 2,948 5,077 4,123 7,504 56,825 $ $ 28,142 3,628 3,925 2,655 10 2,699 4,432 3,515 8,385 57,391 42 Various significant components of noninterest income are discussed in more detail below. Service Charges on Deposit Accounts. For 2011, deposit service charge fees totaled $25.5 million, compared to $26.5 million in 2010 and $28.1 million in 2009. The $1.0 million, or 4.0%, decline from 2010 was attributable to a lower level of overdraft fees, partially offset by lower overdraft charge-offs and refunded service charges. The $1.6 million, or 5.8%, decline from 2009 was also attributable to a lower level of overdraft fees, partially offset by a lower level of overdraft charge-offs. For both 2011 and 2010, the reduction in overdraft fees was due to reduced activity, which reflects a higher level of consumer awareness that has both impacted consumer and business spending habits, as well as new overdraft rules under Regulation E that became effective in mid 2010. We continue to improve our overdraft product risk management procedures and our fee collection experience to mitigate the impact the Regulation E overdraft rules have had on this revenue stream. Data Processing Fees. For 2011, data processing fees totaled $3.2 million, compared to $3.6 million in 2010 and $3.6 million in 2009. The $0.4 million, or 10.5%, decline from 2010 reflects a reduction in the number of banks that we process for as two of our bank clients were acquired and migrated to a new processor in mid-2011. We currently maintain processing arrangements with five banks and five government agencies. One of the government agency clients represents approximately 41% of our total data processing fees revenue. We have performed item processing for this agency for approximately 30 years – the processing contract is subject to renewal every three years and was last renewed in 2011. We project that the loss of the two aforementioned bank clients will have an approximate $0.9 million annual impact on our data processing fees. For 2010, our data processing fees were essentially flat compared to 2009. Asset Management Fees. For 2011, asset management fees totaled $4.4 million, compared to $4.2 million in 2010 and $3.9 million in 2009. At year-end 2011, assets under management totaled $660.6 million, reflecting a decrease of $84.3 million, or 11.3% from 2010. At year-end 2010, assets under management totaled $744.9 million, reflecting an increase of $38.1 million, or 5.4% from 2009. The higher level of fees for 2011 was due to revision to our fee schedule for all account types. The increase in fees for 2010 was due to higher asset valuations for managed accounts. Fees charged on our asset management accounts are based on a percentage of asset value. Retail Brokerage Fees. Fees from the sale of retail investment and insurance products totaled $3.2 million in 2011 compared to $2.8 million in 2010 and $2.7 million for 2009. The increase for both comparable periods generally reflects higher account activity by existing clients due to more active financial planning, and increased sales efforts including more active outside prospecting for new client relationships and expansion of existing banking relationships. Mortgage Banking Fees. Mortgage banking fees totaled $2.7 million in 2011 compared to $3.0 million in 2010 and $2.7 million in 2009. The $0.3 million, or 9.3%, decline in 2011 was attributable to lower loan production that reflects lower home purchase activity in our Tallahassee market due to lingering concerns about job and benefit reductions due to the state budget deficit. For 2010, a higher level of new loan production, including FHA which provides a greater profit margin, drove the improvement in fee revenue. Market conditions, housing activity, the level of interest rates and the percent of our fixed rate production have significant impacts on our mortgage banking fees. Bank Card Fees. Bank card fees (including interchange fees and ATM/debit card fees) totaled $10.1 million in 2011 compared to $9.2 million in 2010 and $7.9 million in 2009. The increase for both comparable periods reflects higher card utilization as well as an increase in the number of active cards due to an increase in transaction accounts. Additionally, an ATM fee increase contributed to the higher revenues in 2011, while a debit card promotion and improved utilization of our business debit card contributed to the increase for 2010. Legislation enacted under the Durbin Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act regulates the amount of interchange fee that can be charged for debit card transactions, placing a cap on the payment system fee that can be charged to merchants by banks with $10 billion or more in assets. In the final rules passed by the Federal Reserve, banks with less than $10 billion were exempted (“Small Bank Exemption”) from the new debit card interchange rules. We will continue to monitor the potential indirect impact to us from the new debit card interchange rules, but since its implementation there has been no material unfavorable impact on our bank card fee revenue stream. Other. Other noninterest income totaled $9.7 million in 2011 compared to $7.5 million and $8.4 million, respectively, for 2010 and 2009. The $2.2 million, or 29.7%, increase for 2011 reflects a $3.2 million pre-tax gain from the sale of the Class B shares of our Visa stock, partially offset by a $1.1 million reduction in merchant fees. For 2010, the $0.9 million, or 10.5%, decrease was driven by lower merchant fees due to the sale of our merchant services portfolio in August 2008. After the sale of the portfolio, we continued to service one of our larger remaining clients until mid-2010 at which time this client migrated to another processor. The reduction in this revenue source is substantially offset by a reduction in processing costs which is reflected in noninterest expense (miscellaneous expense) – the impact on net income due to the sale of our merchant portfolio was not material. 43 Noninterest Expense Noninterest expense totaled $126.2 million in 2011 compared to $133.9 million in 2010 and $132.1 million in 2009. For 2011, the $7.7 million, or 5.7%, decline from 2010 reflects lower other expense of $7.8 million and occupancy expense of $0.8 million, partially offset by higher compensation expense of $0.9 million. The decline in other expense was driven by lower expense for FDIC insurance fees of $1.9 million, intangible amortization of $2.0 million, and OREO properties of $2.2 million. For 2010, the $1.8 million increase reflects higher expense for OREO properties of $7.3 million and FDIC insurance fees of $1.2 million that were partially offset by lower expense for compensation of $2.3 million, printing and supplies of $0.4 million, advertising of $0.4 million, intangible amortization of $1.4 million, professional fees of $0.2 million, and miscellaneous expense of $2.1 million. The reduction in miscellaneous expense for 2010 was due to lower interchange fees of $1.0 million, as well as the reversal of our remaining Visa litigation reserve of approximately $0.8 million, which had the effect of reducing noninterest expense. Our operating efficiency ratio (expressed as noninterest expense, net of intangible amortization, as a percent of taxable equivalent net interest income plus noninterest income) was 82.79%, 84.23% and 77.33% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Reduction in taxable equivalent net interest income, higher OREO expense, and an increase in FDIC insurance fees are the primary reasons for the elevated efficiency ratio for all of the aforementioned periods. The improvement in this metric for 2011 was primarily due to the favorable impact of the $3.2 million pre-tax gain from the sale of our Class B shares of Visa stock. In 2012, we expect to continue to realize an elevated level of costs related to the management and resolution of nonperforming assets. These costs are primarily related to legal fees to support the collection of loans and OREO properties, OREO carrying costs and valuation write-downs. We continue to review and evaluate opportunities to optimize our operations and reduce operating costs as well better manage our discretionary expenses. The table below reflects the major components of noninterest expense. (Dollars in Thousands) Noninterest Expense: Salaries Associate Benefits Total Compensation Premises Equipment Total Occupancy Legal Fees Professional Fees Processing Services Advertising Travel and Entertainment Printing and Supplies Telephone Postage FDIC Insurance Fees Intangible Amortization Other Real Estate Owned Miscellaneous Total Other Total Noninterest Expense $ For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 2011 2009 $ 50,417 13,225 63,642 9,622 8,558 18,180 4,106 3,832 3,708 2,471 898 1,321 1,895 1,780 4,474 675 12,677 6,587 44,426 $ 50,102 12,653 62,755 10,010 8,929 18,939 4,301 4,338 3,651 2,905 958 1,455 2,059 1,650 6,324 2,682 14,922 6,977 52,222 50,494 14,573 65,067 9,798 9,096 18,894 3,975 4,501 3,591 3,285 1,123 1,882 2,227 1,711 5,167 4,042 7,577 9,073 48,154 $ 126,248 $ 133,916 $ 132,115 44 Various significant components of noninterest expense are discussed in more detail below. Compensation. Compensation expense totaled $63.6 million in 2011, $62.8 million in 2010, and $65.1 million in 2009. The $0.9 million, or 1.4%, increase in 2011 was due to higher associate salary expense of $0.3 million and higher associate benefit expense of $0.6 million. The increase in associate salaries reflects higher performance pay of $1.1 million and lower realized loan cost of $0.3 million, partially offset by lower base salary expense of $1.1 million. The increase in performance pay reflects an increased pay-out level for both associate and company incentive plans compared to the prior year. Realized loan cost, which reflects the deferral and amortization of loan costs, is accounted for as a credit offset to salary expense. A lower number of loans originated during 2011 compared to the prior year reduced the amount of this credit offset. The decrease in base salary expense reflects a reduction in associate headcount attributable to attrition. The increase in associate benefit expense for 2011 was due to higher expense for our defined benefit pension plan primarily driven by the lower discount rate used for computing plan cost. For 2010, the $2.3 million reduction in 2010 was driven by lower associate benefit expense of $1.9 million attributable to lower expense for our defined benefit pension plan reflecting improved plan asset returns. Lower associate salary expense of $0.4 million also contributed to the decrease and primarily reflects lower base salary expense due to a reduction in associate headcount. Occupancy. Occupancy expense (including premises and equipment) totaled $18.1 million for 2011, $18.9 million for 2010, and $18.9 million for 2009. For 2011, lower expense for furniture, fixtures, and equipment (“FF&E”) depreciation of $0.4 million, retail office leases of $0.5 million, and utilities of $0.1 million was partially offset by higher expense for premises depreciation of $0.1 million and software licenses of $0.1 million. The reduction in FF&E depreciation expense primarily reflects full depreciation of larger technology components of both our mainframe and network systems. Utility expense declined due to energy management initiatives implemented during 2011 as well as lower utility rates in our Tallahassee market. The unfavorable variance in software license expense was primarily due to the upgrade of our financial reporting system during 2011. Occupancy expense for 2010 compared to 2009 was favorably impacted by lower expense for retail office leases of $0.2 million, FF&E depreciation of $0.1 million, and software licenses of $0.1 million, partially offset by higher premises depreciation of approximately $0.4 million. During 2010, we put into service two newly constructed retail offices in our Macon and Palatka markets that were previously leased and a newly constructed building for our wealth management line of business in our Tallahassee market. This activity drove the aforementioned variances in premises depreciation and retail office lease expense for 2011 and 2010. Other. Other noninterest expense totaled $44.4 million in 2011, $52.2 million in 2010, and $48.2 million in 2009. The $7.8 million, or 14.9%, decline from 2010 was primarily due to lower expense for OREO properties of $2.2 million, intangible amortization of $2.0 million, and FDIC insurance fees of $1.9 million. Lower expense for professional fees of $0.5 million, advertising of $0.4 million, legal fees of $0.2 million, telephone of $0.2 million, and miscellaneous expense of $0.4 million also contributed to the favorable variance. The lower level of expense for OREO properties reflects a decline in the level of valuation adjustments. Intangible amortization expense declined due to the full amortization of core deposit intangibles related to several past acquisitions. The reduction in FDIC insurance fees reflects a lower rate due to recent changes to the FDIC premium structure; we expect 2012 fees to approximate the level realized in 2011. Professional fees declined due to higher consulting fees paid in 2010 related to the review of our vendor contracts. The reduction in advertising expense primarily reflects efficiencies gained in the promotion of our free checking products. Lower fees paid for problem loan resolution support drove the favorable variance in legal fees. Telephone expense declined primarily due to the renegotiation of certain telecom contracts during 2010. The reduction in miscellaneous expense in 2011 was attributable to a decline in interchange fees due to the sale of our merchant processing business as noted above in our discussion of noninterest income. For 2010, the $4.1 million, or 8.4%, increase over 2009 was due to higher expense for OREO properties of $7.3 million and FDIC insurance fees of $1.2 million that were partially offset by lower expense for intangible amortization of $1.4 million, professional fees of $0.2 million, advertising of $0.4 million, printing and supplies of $0.4 million, and miscellaneous expense of $2.1 million. The higher level of OREO expense was due to growth in OREO properties under management during 2010 and the associated carrying costs, as well as an increase in valuation write-downs. The unfavorable variance in 2010 for FDIC insurance fees was due to a higher premium rate as well as higher deposit balances. The decline in intangible amortization expense in 2010 reflects the full amortization of core deposit intangibles recorded during 2004 and 2005. The reductions realized in professional fees, advertising, and printing/supplies in 2010 generally reflect management initiatives to better manage controllable expenses. The reduction in miscellaneous expense for 2010 was due to lower interchange fees that reflect lower processing costs for our merchant processing business. After the sale of the business line, we continued to service one of our larger clients until mid-2010 at which time this client migrated to another processor. The reduction in this expense was more than offset by a decline in merchant fee revenue which is reflected in noninterest income. As previously mentioned, the impact on operating profit for all periods due to the sale of our merchant portfolio was not material. The reversal of our Visa litigation reserves in 2010 totaling $0.8 million also had a favorable impact on other noninterest expense. 45 Income Taxes For 2011, we realized income tax expense of $0.6 million (effective tax rate of 11.4%) compared to an income tax benefit of $3.0 million (effective tax rate of 87.8%) for 2010 and an income tax benefit of $5.3 million (effective tax rate of 60.6%) for 2009. A higher level of book operating profit drove the higher level of tax expense compared to all prior year periods. The tax provisions for 2011 and 2010 were also affected by the recognition of tax contingencies totaling approximately $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011, we had net deferred tax assets of $28.4 million (see Note 10 – Income Taxes in our Consolidated Financial Statements), Of this amount, approximately $25.1 million represents temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the corresponding tax bases of assets and liabilities, which will reverse over time and do not have defined expiration periods. Approximately $2.7 million of the remaining net deferred tax asset balance relates to the Bank’s separate state net operating loss carry-forwards that have defined expiration dates which are typically 20 years from the date of creation. Accounting Standards Codification Topic 740, Income Taxes, requires us to assess whether a valuation should be established against the deferred tax assets based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard. We consider both positive and negative evidence and analyze changes in near-term market conditions as well as other factors which may impact future operating results. At year-end 2011, after consideration of all available evidence, we believe that it is more likely than not we will be able to realize deferred tax benefits through our ability to carry state net operating losses forward to profitable years. Despite being in a three-year cumulative loss position for book purposes at year-end 2011, we believe that our historical earnings performance, capital position and financial projections support this assessment, and we expect these state net operating losses to be fully utilized in advance of their expiration. FINANCIAL CONDITION Average assets totaled approximately $2.583 billion for the year 2011, a decrease of $61.5 million, or 2.3%, over 2010. Average earning assets were approximately $2.221 billion, representing a decrease of $73.0 million, or 3.2%, over 2010. Year over year, average investment securities increased $89.1 million, while average short-term investments and average loans declined $19.9 million and $142.2 million, respectively. We discuss these variances in more detail below. Table 2 provides information on average balances and rates, Table 3 provides an analysis of rate and volume variances and Table 4 highlights the changing mix of our earning assets over the last three years. Loans In 2011, average loans decreased $142.2 million, or 7.8%, compared to $132.8 million, or 6.8%, in 2010. Loans as a percent of average earning assets declined to 75.9% in 2011, down from the 2010 and 2009 levels of 79.7% and 89.8%, respectively. The loan portfolio experienced continued runoff throughout 2011 driven by declines in all portfolios with the exception of loans to tax-exempt organizations. The largest declines over the past two years were experienced in the commercial, construction, commercial real estate, and residential real estate portfolios. Weak loan demand attributable to the lack of consumer confidence and a sluggish economy continued to significantly impact all portfolios in most markets. In addition to lower production and normal amortization and payoffs, the reduction in the portfolio is also attributable to gross charge-offs and the transfer of loans to the other real estate owned category. During 2011, loan resolutions (gross charge-offs plus loans transferred to OREO) accounted for $63.6 million, or 49%, of the net reduction in total loans of $130.0 million (based on “as of”) balances. Since the end of 2007, loan resolutions have accounted for $256.2 million, or approximately 89% of the net reduction in the portfolio of $287.2 million. Our bankers continue to try to reach clients who are interested in moving or expanding their banking relationships. While we strive to identify opportunities to increase loans outstanding and enhance the portfolio’s overall contribution to earnings, we will only do so by adhering to sound lending principles applied in a prudent and consistent manner. Thus, we will not relax our underwriting standards in order to achieve designated growth goals and, where appropriate, have adjusted our standards to reflect risks inherent in the current economic environment. We originate mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties through our Residential Real Estate line of business, a majority of which are fixed rate loans that are sold into the secondary market to third party purchasers on a best efforts delivery basis with servicing released. A majority of our adjustable rate loan product is retained in our loan portfolio. While the loans sold into the secondary market are without recourse, the purchase agreements require us to make certain representations and warranties regarding the existence and sufficiency of file documentation and the absence of fraud by borrowers or other third parties. If it is determined that a loan was sold in breach of these representations or warranties, we have the obligation to either repurchase the loan for the unpaid balance and related investor fees or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of the loan. From January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2011, we originated 4,388 residential real estate loans totaling approximately $685 million that were sold into the secondary market to investors. Of this amount, we have been required to repurchase one loan for the principal amount of approximately $0.2 million. Additionally, since January 1, 2007, we have been required to indemnify one investor in the amount of approximately $0.1 million. 46 Table 4 SOURCES OF EARNING ASSET GROWTH (Average Balances – Dollars In Thousands) Loans: Commercial, Financial, and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Loans Investment Securities: Taxable Tax-Exempt Total Securities Funds Sold 2010 to 2011 Change Percentage Total Change Components of Average Earning Assets 2010 2011 2009 $ $ $ (17,476) (32,850) (37,368) (30,640) (503) (23,361) (142,198) 116,981 (27,855) 89,126 (19,893) (24.0)% (45.0) (51.0) (42.0) (1.0) (32.0) (195.0)% 160.0% (38.0) 122.0 (27.0) 100.0% 6.6% 1.4 29.6 18.3 11.1 8.8 75.8% 11.0% 2.9 13.9 10.3 100.0% 7.2% 2.8 30.3 19.1 10.8 9.5 79.7% 5.5% 4.0 9.5 10.8 100.0% 9.1% 6.4 31.5 31.6 31.5 11.2 89.8% 3.8% 4.9 8.7 1.5 100.0% Total Earning Assets $ (72,965) Our average loan-to-deposit ratio decreased to 75.0% in 2011 from 83.6% in 2010. The lower loan-to-deposit ratio reflects both the decline in average loan balances, and growth in average deposits. The composition of our loan portfolio at December 31st for each of the past five years is shown in Table 5. Table 6 arrays our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011, based upon maturities. As a percent of the total portfolio, loans with fixed interest rates represent 34.0% as of December 31, 2011, versus 34.0% at December 31, 2010. Table 5 LOANS BY CATEGORY (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer Total Loans, Net of Unearned Interest Table 6 LOAN MATURITIES (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate – Construction Real Estate – Commercial Mortgage Real Estate – Residential Real Estate – Home Equity Consumer(1) Total Loans with Fixed Rates Loans with Floating or Adjustable Rates Total 2011 130,879 26,367 639,140 399,372 244,263 188,662 1,628,683 $ $ 2010 157,394 43,239 671,702 430,541 251,565 204,230 1,758,671 $ $ $ As of December 31, 2009 189,061 111,249 716,791 416,469 246,722 235,648 1,915,940 $ 2008 206,230 141,973 656,959 484,238 218,500 249,897 1,957,797 $ $ One Year or Less 60,771 23,373 132,481 79,616 669 17,751 314,661 131,665 182,996 314,661 $ $ $ $ Maturity Periods Over One Through Five Years Over Five Years $ $ $ $ 45,440 2,676 125,819 44,665 10,826 121,025 350,451 269,623 80,828 350,451 $ $ $ $ 11,784 318 393,724 275,090 232,768 49,887 963,571 168,384 795,187 963,571 2007 208,864 142,248 634,920 488,372 192,428 249,018 1,915,850 Total 117,995 26,367 652,024 399,371 244,263 188,663 1,628,683 569,672 1,059,011 1,628,683 $ $ $ $ $ $ (1) Demand loans and overdrafts are reported in the category of one year or less. 47 Risk Element Assets Risk element assets consist of nonaccrual loans, TDR’s, past due loans, OREO, potential problem loans, and loan concentrations. Table 7 depicts certain categories of our risk element assets as of December 31st for each of the last five years. At year-end 2011, our nonperforming assets (including nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $137.6 million, an increase of $14.0 million from year-end 2010, driven by an increase in both nonaccrual loans and OREO. Nonaccrual loans totaled $75.0 million at year-end 2011, an increase of $9.3 million from year-end 2010. OREO balances totaled $62.6 million at year-end 2011 compared to $57.9 million at year-end 2010. Total nonperforming assets represented 5.21% of total assets at year-end 2011 compared to 4.72% at year-end 2010. We have implemented a number of measures and allocated significant resources to reduce our level of nonperforming assets and mitigate losses. The absolute level of nonperforming assets remained elevated at year-end 2011 due to the inflow of nonaccruals in the fourth quarter of 2011. During 2011, we reached a low level of $115 million in nonperforming assets at the end of the third quarter of 2011 and realized good momentum throughout 2011 in disposing of OREO properties. Overall, our exposure to higher loss content loans secured by vacant land continued to decline to 32% of the nonperforming asset portfolio at December 31, 2011 compared to 39% at December 31, 2010, of which 81% and 88%, respectively, was comprised of residential properties. Our loan portfolio will continue to be impacted by the slower pace of the economic recovery in our region and markets, a sluggish real estate market due to high inventory levels, and lack of consumer and investor confidence. We expect these factors to continue to impact the pace of our nonperforming asset resolution and/or disposal, therefore, making it difficult to predict period to period changes in the level of our nonperforming assets. Table 7 RISK ELEMENT ASSETS (Dollars in Thousands) Nonaccruing Loans: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Nonperforming Loans (“NPLs”)(1) Other Real Estate Owned Total Nonperforming Assets (“NPAs”) Past Due Loans 30 – 89 Days Past Due Loans 90 Days or More (accruing) Performing Troubled Debt Restructurings Nonperforming Loans/Loans Nonperforming Assets/Total Assets Nonperforming Assets/Loans Plus OREO Nonperforming Assets/Capital(2) Allowance/Nonperforming Loans 2011 2010 As of December 31, 2009 2008 2007 $ $ $ $ 755 334 42,820 25,671 4,283 1,160 75,023 62,600 137,623 19,425 224 37,675 4.61% 5.21 8.14 48.63 41.37% $ $ 1,059 1,907 26,874 30,189 4,803 868 65,700 57,937 123,637 24,193 159 21,649 3.74% 4.72 6.81 41.99 53.94% $ $ 2,729 20,797 29,042 26,599 5,280 1,827 86,274 36,134 122,408 36,501 — 21,644 4.50% 4.52 6.27 39.25 51.00% $ $ 1,579 21,611 29,749 38,182 3,846 1,909 96,876 9,222 106,098 37,343 88 1,744 4.95% 4.26 5.39 33.59 38.20% 568 9,179 9,105 5,578 509 — 25,119 3,043 28,162 28,157 416 — 1.31% 1.08 1.47 9.06 71.92% (1) (2) Nonaccrual TDR’s totaling $13 million are included in nonaccrual/NPL totals for December 31, 2011. For computation of this percentage, “Capital” refers to shareowners’ equity plus the allowance for loan losses. 48 Nonaccrual Loans. Nonaccrual loans totaled $75.0 million at year-end 2011, an increase of $9.3 million from year-end 2010. Our nonaccrual loan balance reached a low of $53.4 million in the third quarter of 2011, but gross additions increased in the fourth quarter of 2011 as we were not successful in restructuring workout agreements with two large loan relationships. Three other large relationships were added to nonaccrual status during the fourth quarter of 2011 due to increased uncertainty about the borrowers’ continued ability to repay under the existing repayment terms. Each of the three relationships continues to make payments, though not in a timely manner. The five aforementioned relationships constituted approximately $16.9 million of the $21.6 million increase in nonaccrual loans from the third quarter of 2011. The addition of these loans did not result in a material increase in impaired reserves because we believe the underlying collateral is sufficient to mitigate any additional losses. During 2011, we realized a slightly lower level of loan defaults and additions to the nonaccrual category. A majority of the year over year increase in nonaccrual loans was realized in the commercial real estate category, a major portion of which was related to loans in the investor real estate, improved property category. Generally, loans are placed on non-accrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due and/or management deems the collectability of the principal and/or interest to be doubtful. Once a loan is placed in nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized when the ultimate collectability is no longer considered doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. If interest on our loans classified as nonaccrual during 2011 had been recognized on a fully accruing basis, we would have recorded an additional $5.7 million of interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The composition of our nonaccrual loan portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below. (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Nonaccrual Loans 2011 2010 $ $ 755 334 42,820 25,671 4,283 1,160 75,023 $ $ 1,059 1,907 26,874 30,189 4,803 868 65,700 Vacant land loans of $7.9 million (approximately 99 borrowing relationships) represented approximately 10% of our nonaccrual loan balance at year-end 2011, which is a decline from $18.7 million, or 28%, at the end of 2010, $38.0 million, or 44%, at the end of 2009, and $51.3 million, or 53%, at year-end 2008. This declining trend reflects the migration of these loans through the resolution process as well as the slowdown in loan defaults for the remaining portion of this portfolio class. Of the $7.9 million in these loans at year-end 2011, most (90%) were in the residential real estate loan category. Troubled Debt Restructurings. TDR’s are loans on which, due to the deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition, the original terms have been modified in favor of the borrower. From time to time our lenders will modify a loan as a workout alternative. Most of these instances involve a principal moratorium or extension of the loan term. Loans classified as TDR’s at year-end 2011 totaled $50.7 million compared to $28.1 million at year-end 2010. Accruing TDR’s make up approximately $37.7 million, or 78%, of our TDR portfolio at year-end 2011 of which $1.0 million was over 30 days past due. The weighted average rate for the loans within the accruing TDR portfolio is 5.4%. During 2011, we modified 148 loan contracts totaling approximately $36.4 million of which 22 loan contracts totaling $9.2 million have defaulted. The clarified TDR accounting guidance issued in 2011 may result in renewals of some classified loans being considered TDR’s, even if no reduction in rate is offered as the renewal rate may be below market rates for similar credit risk profiles; as we continue to work with our borrowers and take a course of action most advantageous to the Bank in the long-term, we expect TDR’s to remain elevated. Modified loans are subject to an underwriting evaluation as well as our policies governing accrual/nonaccrual evaluation consistent with all other loans of the same product type. The composition of our TDR portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below. (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total TDR’s 2011 2010 Accruing Nonaccruing(1) Accruing Nonaccruing(1) $ $ 694 $ 178 20,062 15,553 1,161 27 37,675 $ — $ — 12,029 947 — — 12,976 $ 768 $ 660 10,635 8,884 648 54 21,649 $ 101 — 5,742 615 — — 6,458 (1) Nonaccruing TDR’s are included in nonaccrual/NPL totals and NPA/NPL ratio calculations. 49 Other Real Estate Owned. OREO represents property acquired as the result of borrower defaults on loans or by receiving a deed in lieu of foreclosure. OREO is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the time of foreclosure. Write-downs occurring at foreclosure are charged against the allowance for possible loan losses. On an ongoing basis, properties are either revalued internally or by a third party appraiser as required by applicable regulations. Subsequent declines in value are reflected as other noninterest expense. Carrying costs related to maintaining the OREO properties are expensed as incurred and are also reflected as other noninterest expense. OREO totaled $62.6 million at December 31, 2011 versus $57.9 million at December 31, 2010. During 2011, we added properties totaling $37.9 million and partially or completely liquidated properties totaling $27.8 million. Revaluation adjustments for other real estate owned properties during 2011 totaled $5.0 million and were charged to noninterest expense when realized. For 2010, we added properties totaling $49.2 million and partially or completely liquidated properties totaling $18.1 million. Revaluation adjustments for other real estate owned properties during 2010 totaled $9.3 million and were charged to noninterest expense when realized. The composition of our OREO portfolio as of December 31 is provided in the table below. (Dollars in Thousands) Lots/Land Residential 1-4 Commercial Building Other Total OREO 2011 2010 $ $ 38,866 10,403 11,143 2,188 62,600 $ $ 33,923 14,092 8,209 1,713 57,937 Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans are defined as those loans which are now current but where management has doubt as to the borrower’s ability to comply with present loan repayment terms. At December 31, 2011, we had $18.0 million in loans of this type which are not included in either of the nonaccrual, TDR or 90 day past due loan categories compared to $23.0 million at year-end 2010. Management monitors these loans closely and reviews their performance on a regular basis. Loan Concentrations. Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to multiple borrowers engaged in similar activities which cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions and such amount exceeds 10% of total loans. Due to the lack of diversified industry within the markets served by the Bank and the relatively close proximity of the markets, we have both geographic concentrations as well as concentrations in the types of loans funded. Specifically, due to the nature of our markets, a significant portion of the loan portfolio has historically been secured with real estate, approximately 80% at year-end 2011 and 79% at year-end 2010. The primary types of real estate collateral are commercial properties and 1-4 family residential properties. At December 31, 2011, commercial real estate and residential real estate mortgage loans (including home equity loans) accounted for 39.2% and 39.5%, respectively, of the total loan portfolio. The following table summarizes our real estate loan portfolio as segregated by the type of property. Property type concentrations are stated as a percentage of year-end total real estate loans. Vacant Land, Construction, and Land Development Improved Property Total Real Estate Loans As of December 31, 2011 2010 Investor Real Estate Owner Occupied Real Estate Investor Real Estate Owner Occupied Real Estate 12.2 24.5 36.7 — 63.3 63.3 14.9 23.8 38.7 — 61.3 61.3 A major portion of our real estate loan portfolio is centered in the owner occupied category which carries a lower risk of non-collection than certain segments of the investor category. Beginning in 2008 and continuing through 2011, we have worked to reduce our exposure to the higher risk land and construction category through pro-active work-outs, appropriate charge-offs, or foreclosure. Approximately 68% of this category was secured by residential real estate at year-end 2011. 50 Allowance for Loan Losses Management believes it maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level sufficient to provide for the estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Credit losses arise from the borrowers’ inability or unwillingness to repay, and from other risks inherent in the lending process including collateral risk, operations risk, concentration risk, and economic risk. As such, all related risks of lending are considered when assessing the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision charged to expense. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes collection of the principal is unlikely. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s judgment of overall credit quality. This is a significant estimate based on a detailed analysis of the loan portfolio. The balance can and will change based on revisions to our assessment of the loan portfolio’s overall credit quality and other risk factors both internal and external to us. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis. Loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed for adequacy of collateral, with a specific reserve assigned to those loans when necessary. A loan is deemed impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the company will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All classified loan relationships that exceed $100,000 are reviewed for impairment. The evaluation to determine if a loan is impaired is based on the repayment capacity of the borrower or current payment status of the loan. The method used to assign a specific reserve depends on whether repayment of the loan is dependent on liquidation of collateral. If repayment is dependent on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment in the loan less the fair value of the collateral after estimated sales expenses. If repayment is not dependent on the sale of collateral, the reserve is equivalent to the recorded investment in the loan less the estimated cash flows discounted using the loan’s effective interest rate. The discounted value of the cash flows is based on the anticipated timing of the receipt of cash payments from the borrower. The reserve allocations for impaired loans are sensitive to the extent market conditions or the actual timing of cash receipts change. Once specific reserves have been assigned to impaired loans, general reserves are assigned to the remaining portfolio. General reserves are assigned to various homogenous loan pools, including commercial, commercial real estate, construction, residential 1-4 family, home equity, and consumer. General reserves are assigned based on historical loan loss ratios (by loan pool and internal risk rating) and are adjusted for various internal and external risk factors unique to each loan pool. The unallocated portion of the allowance is monitored on a regular basis and adjusted based on management’s determination of estimation risk. Table 8 analyzes the activity in the allowance over the past five years. For 2011, our net charge-offs totaled $23.4 million, or 1.39%, of average loans, compared to $32.4 million, or 1.77%, for 2010, and $32.6 million, or 1.66%, for 2009. A $6.0 million reduction in construction loan charge-offs drove the year over year decline in net charge-offs in 2011. Over the last four years, we have recorded a cumulative loan loss provision totaling $115.3 million, or 6.0%, of beginning loans and have recognized cumulative net charge-offs of $102.0 million, or 5.3%. During this period, approximately $38.5 million, or 39%, of our gross loan losses were related to loans secured by vacant land, primarily residential real estate property. We believe that our loan losses have now stabilized, but will remain elevated in 2012 due to the slower pace of economic recovery in our markets and its impact on our borrowers. Table 9 provides an allocation of the allowance for loan losses to specific loan types for each of the past five years. The reserve allocations, as calculated using the above methodology, are assigned to specific loan categories corresponding to the type represented within the components discussed. At year-end 2011, the allowance for loan losses of $31.0 million was 1.91% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and provided coverage of 41% of nonperforming loans compared to 2.01% and 54%, respectively, at the end of 2010, and 2.30% and 51% at the end of 2009. Year over year the reduction in the allowance for loan losses generally reflects the changing mix of our impaired loan portfolio which is now much less centered in the residential construction and land categories. Our exposure to vacant land continued decline in 2011 and 2010 as we resolved relationships through foreclosure/charge-off or develop work out strategies. Impaired loans secured by vacant land totaled $7.9 million at year-end 2011 compared to $19.3 million at year-end 2010 and $35.8 million at year-end 2009. It is management’s opinion that the allowance at December 31, 2011 is adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio at year-end. 51 Table 8 ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Dollars in Thousands) 2011 For the Years Ended December 31, 2009 2010 2008 2007 Balance at Beginning of Year Reclassification of Unfunded Reserve to Other Liability $ 35,436 — $ 43,999 — $ 37,004 392 $ 18,066 — $ 17,217 — Charge-Offs: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Charge-Offs Recoveries: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Provision for Loan Losses Balance at End of Year Ratio of Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding Allowance for Loan Losses as a Percent of Loans at End of Year Allowance for Loan Losses as a Multiple of Net Charge-Offs 1,843 114 6,713 11,870 2,727 2,924 26,191 387 14 251 478 214 1,450 2,794 23,397 18,996 2,118 5,877 8,762 12,168 3,087 3,502 35,514 370 8 261 385 555 1,548 3,127 32,387 23,824 2,590 8,031 4,417 13,491 1,632 5,912 36,073 567 540 53 525 5 1,753 3,443 32,630 40,017 1,649 2,581 1,499 3,787 267 6,192 15,975 331 4 15 161 1 1,905 2,417 13,558 32,496 1,462 166 709 407 1,022 3,451 7,217 174 — 14 34 2 1,679 1,903 5,314 6,163 $ 31,035 $ 35,436 $ 43,999 $ 37,004 $ 18,066 1.39% 1.77% 1.66% 0.71% 0.27% 1.91% 2.01% 2.30% 1.89% 0.94% 1.33x 1.09x 1.35x 2.73x 3.40x 52 Table 9 ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 Percent of Loan in Each Category To Total Loans Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Percent of Loans in Each Category To Total Loans Allow- ance Amount Allow- ance Amount Allow- ance Amount Allow- ance Amount $ 1,534 8.0% $ 1,544 8.9% $ 2,409 9.9% $ 2,401 10.5% $ 3,106 10.9% 1,133 10,660 12,518 2,392 1,887 911 1.6 39.2 24.5 15.0 11.7 — 2,060 8,645 17,046 2,522 2,612 1,007 2.5 38.2 24.5 14.3 11.6 — 12,117 8,751 14,159 2,201 3,457 905 5.8 37.4 21.7 12.9 12.3 — 8,973 6,022 12,489 1,091 5,055 973 7.3 33.6 24.7 11.2 12.8 — 3,117 4,372 3,733 — 2,790 948 7.4 33.1 35.6 — 13.0 — (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate: Construction Commercial Residential Home Equity Consumer Not Allocated Total $ 31,035 100.0% $ 35,436 100.0% $ 43,999 100.0% $ 37,004 100.0% $ 18,066 100.0% Investment Securities In 2011, our average investment portfolio increased $89.1 million, or 41.2%, from 2010 and increased $27.1 million, or 14.3%, from 2009 to 2010. As a percentage of average earning assets, the investment portfolio represented 13.8% in 2011, compared to 9.4% in 2010. In 2011, the increase in the average balance of the investment portfolio was a continuation of the investment strategy that started in 2010 to deploy a portion of the Bank’s liquidity. As total net loans have decreased throughout 2011 and 2010, a portion of this liquidity was utilized for additional investments, resulting in both higher yields compared to overnight funds and a larger percentage of earning assets. Additionally in 2010, securities were purchased for pledging deposits which transitioned from accounts that were guaranteed by the FDIC into products requiring pledging. In 2012, we will closely monitor liquidity levels and pledging requirements to assess the need to purchase additional investments. In 2011, average taxable investments increased $117.0 million, or 92.8%, while tax-exempt investments decreased $27.9 million, or 30.8%. The mix changed as high quality tax-exempt securities continued to be in limited supply during 2011 resulting in a portion of the proceeds from maturing tax-exempt securities being invested in taxable securities (primarily treasuries). Management will continue to purchase municipal issues as they become available and when it considers the yield to be attractive. The investment portfolio is a significant component of our operations and, as such, it functions as a key element of liquidity and asset/liability management. As of December 31, 2011, all securities are classified as available-for-sale which offers management full flexibility in managing our liquidity and interest rate sensitivity without adversely impacting our regulatory capital levels. It is neither management’s intent nor practice to participate in the trading of investment securities for the purpose of recognizing gains and therefore we do not maintain a trading portfolio. Securities in the available-for-sale portfolio are recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses associated with these securities recorded net of tax, in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of shareowners’ equity. At December 31, 2011, the investment portfolio maintained a net pre-tax unrealized gain of $1.7 million compared to a net pre-tax unrealized gain of $1.1 million at December 31, 2010. At the end of 2011, 74 of our investment securities had an unrealized loss totaling $0.8 million. These securities consists of mortgage-backed securities, SBA securities, and municipal bonds that are in a loss position because they were acquired when the general level of interest rates for the respective product type was lower than that on December 31, 2011. All securities except two have been in a loss position for less than 12 months. One of the securities in a loss position for more than 12 months is a Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed security whose loss is not material. The other position is a preferred bank stock issue which had an unrealized loss of $0.6 million. For 2011, we did not realize any additional other than temporary impairment through earnings for this security. The average maturity of the total portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 1.39 and 1.89 years, respectively. Mortgage-backed securities experienced shorter average lives at the end of 2011 compared to the end of 2010, as prepayment speeds were faster given the current low interest rate environment. In addition, US Treasuries experienced shorter average lives when compared to the prior year as the majority of US Treasuries were purchased in late 2010 with minor activity experienced in 2011. See Table 10 for a breakdown of maturities by investment type. 53 The weighted average taxable equivalent yield of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 was 1.41%, versus 1.59% in 2010. This lower yield was a result of matured bonds being invested at lower market rates during 2011. Our bond portfolio contained no investments in obligations, other than U.S. Governments, of any one state, municipality, political subdivision or any other issuer that exceeded 10% of our shareowners’ equity at December 31, 2011. New investments continue to be made selectively into high quality bonds. Table 10 and Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements present a detailed analysis of our investment securities as to type, maturity and yield. Table 10 MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Dollars in Thousands) Amortized Cost Market Value Weighted (1) Average Yield Amortized Cost Market Value Weighted (1) Average Yield Amortized Cost Market Value Weighted (1) Average Yield 2011 As of December 31, 2010 2009 U.S. GOVERNMENTS -TREASURY Due in 1 year or less Due over 1 year to 5 years Due over 5 years to 10 years Due over 10 years TOTAL $ 100,306 $ 67,695 — — 168,001 100,591 68,873 — — 169,464 0.66% $ 1.32 — — 0.94 9,050 $ 151,863 — — 160,913 9,091 153,060 — — 162,151 1.64% $ 0.96 — — 1.00 11,034 $ 11,236 — — 22,270 11,111 11,333 — — 22,444 U.S. GOVERNMENTS - AGENCY Due in 1 year or less Due over 1 year to 5 years Due over 5 years to 10 years Due over 10 years TOTAL STATES & POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS Due in 1 year or less Due over 1 year to 5 years Due over 5 years to 10 years Due over 10 years TOTAL MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES(2) Due in 1 year or less Due over 1 year to 5 years Due over 5 years to 10 years Due over 10 years TOTAL OTHER SECURITIES Due in 1 year or less Due over 1 year to 5 years Due over 5 years to 10 years Due over 10 years(3) TOTAL — 14,758 — — 14,758 25,390 33,556 — — 58,946 2,104 48,481 1,190 — 51,775 — — — 11,957 11,957 — 14,737 — — 14,737 25,438 33,656 — — 59,094 2,136 49,073 1,288 — 52,497 — — — 11,357 11.357 — 1.22 — — 1.22 1.31 1.01 — — 1.12 3.60 2.12 4.89 — 2.34 — — — 2.88 2.88 — — — — — 52,987 26,003 — — 78,990 7,377 31,717 17,005 — 56,099 — — — 12,664 12,664 — — — — — 53,189 26,110 — — 79,299 7,488 32,034 16,695 — 56,217 — — — 12,064 12,064 — — — — — 1.97 1.54 — — 1.84 3.85 2.70 2.27 — 2.72 — — — 2.58 2.58 — — — — — 58,987 47,468 — — 106,455 8,400 24,742 233 — 33,375 — — — 12,536 12,536 — — — — — 59,477 48,073 — — 107,550 8,506 25,398 239 — 34,143 — — — 12,536 12,536 2.04% 1.53 — — 1.78 — — — — — 3.90 2.49 — — 3.28 3.91 4.01 4.44 — 3.99 — — — 6.18 6.18 TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES $ 305,437 $ 307,149 1.30% $ 308,666 $ 309,731 1.59% $ 174,636 $ 176,673 3.43% (1) Weighted average yields are calculated on the basis of the amortized cost of the security. The weighted average yields on tax-exempt obligations are computed on a taxable equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate. (2) Based on weighted average life. (3) Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock are included in this category for weighted average yield, but do not have stated maturities. 54 AVERAGE MATURITY (In Years) U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities TOTAL Deposits and Funds Purchased 2011 As of December 31, 2010 2009 1.07 3.13 1.24 2.70 2.88 1.39 1.77 — 0.85 3.68 — 1.89 0.95 — 0.96 1.82 — 1.13 Average total deposits for the year were $2.082 billion, a decrease of $110.7 million, or 5.1%, compared to the same period in 2010 and increased $199.9 million, or 10.0%, compared from 2009 to 2010. Deposits decreased primarily by a reduction in certificates of deposit. Additionally, a decrease resulting from existing clients moving from our Guaranteed Now Account (“GNA”) product to repurchase agreements occurred late in the fourth quarter of 2010 as further discussed below. Noninterest bearing demand and savings accounts increased, partially offsetting the above mentioned declines in GNA and certificates of deposit. The increase experienced in 2010 was a result of growth in all deposit categories except certificates of deposit. Pursuant to changes in the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program, our GNA product was discontinued during the fourth quarter of 2010. Approximately $95 million in balances for this product remained in the NOW category, $95 million migrated to the noninterest bearing DDA category, and $60 million in balances moved to repurchase agreements as of the end of December 2010. We continue to pursue prudent pricing discipline to manage the mix of our deposits. Therefore, we are not attempting to compete with higher rate paying competitors for deposits. We continue to experience a favorable shift in the mix of our deposits as higher cost certificates of deposit balances are replaced with lower rate non-maturity deposits and noninterest bearing demand accounts. Table 2 provides an analysis of our average deposits, by category, and average rates paid thereon for each of the last three years. Table 11 reflects the shift in our deposit mix over the last year and Table 12 provides a maturity distribution of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 and over. Average short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances (maturing in less than one year), and other borrowings, increased $40.2 million, or 144.3% in 2011. The growth is attributable to an increase in repurchase agreements of $42.2 million and a $3.0 million increase in other borrowings primarily attributable to a reclassification of an FHLB advance from long-term to short-term. The year-over-year increase in repurchase agreements was attributable to the migration of deposits from the government guarantee NOW account. See Note 8 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on short-term borrowings. Strategically, we continue to focus on the value of our deposit franchise, which produces a strong base of core deposits with minimal reliance on wholesale funding. Table 11 SOURCES OF DEPOSIT GROWTH (Average Balances - Dollars in Thousands) Noninterest Bearing Deposits NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Time Deposits Total Deposits $ $ 2010 to 2011 Change 105,542 (114,945) (38,515) 19,856 (82,678) (110,740) 55 Percentage of Total Change 95.3% (103.8) (34.8) 17.9 (74.6) (100.0)% 2011 27.3% 36.0 13.6 7.3 15.8 100.0% Components of Total Deposits 2010 21.1% 39.4 14.6 6.0 18.9 100.0% 2009 21.0% 35.7 16.1 6.1 21.1 100.0% Table 12 MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT $100,000 OR OVER (Dollars in Thousands) Three months or less Over three through six months Over six through twelve months Over twelve months Total Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity December 31, 2011 Time Certificates of Deposit Percent $ $ 25,963 18,126 30,616 10,951 85,656 30.3% 21.2 35.7 12.8 100.0% Overview. Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and equity prices. We have risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk and do not participate in activities that give rise to significant market risk involving exchange rates, commodity prices, or equity prices. In asset and liability management activities, our policies are designed to minimize structural interest rate risk. Interest Rate Risk Management. Our net income is largely dependent on net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the degree that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice on a different basis than interest-earning assets. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets in a given period, a significant increase in market rates of interest could adversely affect net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could result in a decrease in net interest income. Net interest income is also affected by changes in the portion of interest-earning assets that are funded by interest-bearing liabilities rather than by other sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and shareowners’ equity. We have established a comprehensive interest rate risk management policy, which is administered by management’s Asset Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”). The policy establishes limits of risk, which are quantitative measures of the percentage change in net interest income (a measure of net interest income at risk) and the fair value of equity capital (a measure of economic value of equity (“EVE”) at risk) resulting from a hypothetical change in interest rates for maturities from one day to 30 years. We measure the potential adverse impacts that changing interest rates may have on our short-term earnings, long-term value, and liquidity by employing simulation analysis through the use of computer modeling. The simulation model captures optionality factors such as call features and interest rate caps and floors imbedded in investment and loan portfolio contracts. As with any method of gauging interest rate risk, there are certain shortcomings inherent in the interest rate modeling methodology used by us. When interest rates change, actual movements in different categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, loan prepayments, and withdrawals of time and other deposits, may deviate significantly from assumptions used in the model. Finally, the methodology does not measure or reflect the impact that higher rates may have on adjustable-rate loan clients’ ability to service their debts, or the impact of rate changes on demand for loan and deposit products. We prepare a current base case and three alternative simulations, at least once a quarter, and report the analysis to ALCO, our Market Risk Oversight Committee (“MROC”) and the Board of Directors. In addition, more frequent forecasts may be produced when interest rates are particularly uncertain or when other business conditions so dictate. Our interest rate risk management goal is to avoid unacceptable variations in net interest income and capital levels due to fluctuations in market rates. Management attempts to achieve this goal by balancing, within policy limits, the volume of floating-rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating-rate assets, by keeping the average maturity of fixed-rate asset and liability contracts reasonably matched, by maintaining a pool of administered core deposits, and by adjusting our rates to market conditions on a continuing basis. The balance sheet is subject to testing for interest rate shock possibilities to indicate the inherent interest rate risk. Average interest rates are shocked by plus or minus 100, 200, and 300 basis points (“bp”), although we may elect not to use particular scenarios that we determined are impractical in a current rate environment. It is management’s goal to structure the balance sheet so that net interest earnings at risk over a 12-month period and the economic value of equity at risk do not exceed policy guidelines at the various interest rate shock levels. We augment our interest rate shock analysis with alternative external interest rate scenarios on a quarterly basis. These alternative interest rate scenarios may include non-parallel rate ramps. Analysis. Measures of net interest income at risk produced by simulation analysis are indicators of an institution’s short-term performance in alternative rate environments. These measures are typically based upon a relatively brief period, usually one year. They do not necessarily indicate the long-term prospects or economic value of the institution. 56 ESTIMATED CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME (1) Changes in Interest Rates Policy Limit December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 +300 bp +/-10.0% -3.1% -9.7% +200 bp +/-7.5% -0.5% -5.5% +100 bp +/-5.0% 0.9% -1.9% -100 bp +/-5.0% -0.4% -1.0% The Net Interest Income at Risk position improved for the month ended December 2011, when compared to the same period in 2010, for all rate scenarios. Our largest exposure is at the +300 bp level, with a measure of -3.1%, which is still within our policy limit of -10.0%. The year-over-year favorable variance is primarily attributable to a higher level of overnight funds, coupled with a larger number of maturing, short-term securities reinvested at higher “shocked” rates, and a lower level of short-term borrowings. All measures of net interest income at risk are within our prescribed policy limits. The measures of equity value at risk indicate our ongoing economic value by considering the effects of changes in interest rates on all of our cash flows, and discounting the cash flows to estimate the present value of assets and liabilities. The difference between these discounted values of the assets and liabilities is the economic value of equity, which, in theory, approximates the fair value of our net assets. ESTIMATED CHANGES IN ECONOMIC VALUE OF EQUITY (1) Changes in Interest Rates Policy Limit December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 +300 bp +/-12.5% 4.0% -1.2% +200 bp +/-10.0% 7.8% 2.4% +100 bp +/-7.5% 7.3% 3.5% -100 bp +/-7.5% -4.9% -6.6% Our risk profile, as measured by EVE, improved for the month ended December 2011, when compared to the same period in 2010, for both the “down rate” and “up rate” scenarios. The favorable variance between periods is attributable to a change in several key assumptions, in addition to decreases in both the Treasury and FHLB curve, resulting in improved loan and non-maturity deposit values. When comparing the up 300 scenario to the up 100 and 200 scenarios, the EVE measurement decreases to 4.0% which is primarily attributable to the varied assumptions on the non-maturity deposits in the rising rate scenarios. Based on historical data, interest rates on non-maturity deposits are increased at varied percentages in the rising rate scenarios, with the up 300 scenario being the most aggressive. All measures of economic value of equity are within our prescribed policy limits. (1) Down 200 and 300 rate scenarios have been excluded due to the current historically low interest rate environment. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Liquidity In general terms, liquidity is a measurement of our ability to meet our cash needs. Our objective in managing our liquidity is to maintain our ability to meet loan commitments, purchase securities or repay deposits and other liabilities in accordance with their terms, without an adverse impact on our current or future earnings. Our liquidity strategy is guided by policies that are formulated and monitored by our ALCO and senior management, and which take into account the marketability of assets, the sources and stability of funding and the level of unfunded commitments. We regularly evaluate all of our various funding sources with an emphasis on accessibility, stability, reliability and cost-effectiveness. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our principal source of funding has been our client deposits, supplemented by our short-term and long-term borrowings, primarily from securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and FHLB borrowings. We believe that the cash generated from operations, our borrowing capacity and our access to capital resources are sufficient to meet our future operating capital and funding requirements. As of December 31, 2011, we have the ability to generate $741.8 million in additional liquidity through all of our available resources. In addition to the primary borrowing outlets mentioned above, we also have the ability to generate liquidity by borrowing from the Federal Reserve Discount Window and through brokered deposits. Management recognizes the importance of maintaining liquidity and has developed a Contingent Liquidity Plan, which addresses various liquidity stress levels and our response and action based on the level of severity. We periodically test our credit facilities for access to the funds, but also understand that as the severity of the liquidity level increases certain credit facilities may no longer be available. A liquidity stress test is completed on a quarterly basis based on events that could potentially occur at the Bank with the results reported to ALCO, our Market Risk Oversight Committee and the Board of Directors. The liquidity available to us is considered sufficient to meet our ongoing needs. 57 We view our investment portfolio as a liquidity source and have the option to pledge the portfolio as collateral for borrowings or deposits, and/or sell selected securities. The portfolio consists of debt issued by the U.S. Treasury, U.S. governmental agencies, and municipal governments. The weighted average life of the portfolio is 1.39 years and as of year-end had a net unrealized pre-tax gain of $1.7 million. Our average liquidity (defined as funds sold plus interest bearing deposits with other banks less funds purchased) for the fourth quarter of 2011 reflects a net overnight funds sold position of $191.8 million compared to an average net overnight funds sold position of $231.7 million in the prior quarter and an average overnight funds sold position of $172.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. The lower balance when compared to the third quarter of 2011 reflects declining deposits (public funds and certificates of deposit) and lower levels of short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in the loan portfolio. The higher balance as compared to the fourth quarter of 2010 is primarily attributable to a net reduction in loans and an increase in repurchase agreements, partially offset by a decline in deposits, borrowings and the deployment of funds to the investment portfolio. Capital expenditures are expected to approximate $4.0 million over the next 12 months, which consist primarily of ATM replacements, furniture and fixtures, and technology purchases. Management believes that these capital expenditures will be funded with existing resources without impairing our ability to meet our on-going obligations. Borrowings At December 31, 2011, advances from the FHLB consisted of $44.6 million in outstanding debt consisting of 47 notes. In 2011, the Bank made FHLB advance payments totaling approximately $3.3 million, repaid three advances for $13.0 million, and obtained one new FHLB advance totaling $0.8 million. The FHLB notes are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all of our 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans. Table 13 CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS Table 13 sets forth certain information about contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2011. (Dollars in Thousands) Federal Home Loan Bank Advances Subordinated Notes Payable Operating Lease Obligations Time Deposit Maturities Liability for Unrecognized Tax Benefits Total Contractual Cash Obligations < 1 Yr > 1 – 3 Yrs Payments Due By Period > 3 – 5 Yrs > 5 Years Total $ $ 3,225 — 702 250,802 1,169 255,898 $ $ 21,990 — 987 33,228 2,399 58,604 $ $ 9,059 — 826 3,531 1,538 14,954 $ $ 10,332 62,887 3,965 2,279 522 79,985 $ $ 44,606 62,887 6,480 289,840 5,628 409,441 We have issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly-owned Delaware statutory trusts. The first note for $30.9 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I in November 2004. The second note for $32.0 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust II in May 2005. See Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on these borrowings. The interest payment for the CCBG Capital Trust I borrowing is due quarterly and adjusts quarterly to a variable rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%. This note matures on December 31, 2034. The interest payment for the CCBG Capital Trust II borrowing is due quarterly and will adjust annually to a variable rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.80%. This note matures on June 15, 2035. The proceeds of these borrowings were used to partially fund acquisitions. Under the terms of each trust preferred securities note, in the event of default or if we elect to defer interest on the note, we may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay dividends or make distributions on our capital stock or purchase or acquire any of our captial stock. As of February 2012, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, we elected to defer the interest payments on the notes. We will, however, continue the accrual of the interest on the notes in accordance with our contractual obligations. In accordance with the Holding Company Resolution, CCBG must receive approval from the Federal Reserve prior to incurring new debt, refinancing existing debt, or making interest payments on its trust preferred securities. Capital Shareowners’ equity declined by $7.1 million, or 2.7%, from $259.0 million at December 31, 2010 to $251.9 million at December 31, 2011. During 2011, shareowners’ equity was positively impacted by net income of $4.9 million, the issuance of stock totaling approximately $0.9 million, and a $0.4 million increase in our net unrealized gain on securities. Dividends paid of $5.1 million and an $8.2 million increase in the accumulated other comprehensive loss for our pension plan reduced shareowners’ equity. 58 Shareowners’ equity as of December 31, for each of the last three years is presented below: (Dollars in Thousands) Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Retained Earnings Subtotal Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity 2011 2010 2009 172 37,838 237,461 275,471 (23,529) 251,942 $ 171 36,920 237,679 274,770 (15,751) 259,019 $ 170 36,099 246,460 282,729 (14,830) 267,899 $ We continue to maintain a strong capital position. The ratio of shareowners’ equity to total assets at year-end was 9.54%, 9.88%, and 9.89%, in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Management believes its strong capital base has offered protection during the course of the current economic downturn. We are subject to risk-based capital guidelines that measure capital relative to risk weighted assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve require bank holding companies to have a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, with at least half of the total capital in the form of Tier I Capital. As of December 31, 2011, we exceeded these capital guidelines with a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.32% and a Tier I capital ratio of 13.96%, compared to 14.59% and 13.24%, respectively, in 2010. As allowed by Federal Reserve capital guidelines the trust preferred securities issued by CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG Capital Trust II are included as Tier I Capital in our capital calculations previously noted. See Note 9 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our two trust preferred security offerings. See Note 14 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information as to our capital adequacy. A leverage ratio is also used in connection with the risk-based capital standards and is defined as Tier I Capital divided by average assets. The minimum leverage ratio under this standard is 3% for the highest-rated bank holding companies which are not undertaking significant expansion programs. A higher standard may be required for other companies, depending upon their regulatory ratings and expansion plans. On December 31, 2011, we had a leverage ratio of 10.26% compared to 10.10% in 2010. At December 31, 2011, our common stock had a book value of $14.68 per diluted share compared to $15.15 in 2010. Book value is impacted by the net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available-for-sale. At December 31, 2011, the net unrealized gain was $1.1 million compared to $0.7 million in 2010. Book value is impacted by the recording of our unfunded pension liability through other comprehensive income in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715. At December 31, 2011, the net pension liability reflected in other comprehensive income was $24.6 million compared to $16.4 million at December 31, 2010. The increase in our unfunded pension liability was driven by a reduction in the discount rate used for computing the interest cost for our pension plan and a lower than anticipated return on the plan’s assets. Our Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of up to 2,671,875 shares of our outstanding common stock. The purchases are made in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. To date, we have repurchased a total of 2,520,130 shares at an average purchase price of $25.19 per share. During 2011 and 2010, we did not repurchase any shares. In 2009, we repurchased 145,888 shares at an average purchase price of $10.65. We must seek prior approval from the Federal Reserve before repurchasing any additional shares of our common stock. We offer an Associate Incentive Plan under which certain associates are eligible to earn equity based awards based upon achieving established performance goals. In 2011 and 2010, we issued no shares under this plan as the financial performance goal for each year was not achieved. We also offer stock purchase plans, which permit our associates and directors to purchase shares at a 10% discount. In 2011, 60,082 shares, valued at approximately $0.7 million (before 10% discount), were issued under these plans. Dividends Adequate capital and financial strength is paramount to our stability and the stability of our subsidiary bank. Cash dividends declared and paid should not place unnecessary strain on our capital levels. When determining the level of dividends the following factors are considered: • • • • Compliance with state and federal laws and regulations; Our capital position and our ability to meet our financial obligations; Projected earnings and asset levels; and The ability of the Bank and us to fund dividends. 59 For 2011, we declared and paid dividends totaling $.30 per share. Dividends declared and paid totaled $.49 per share in 2010 and $.76 per share in 2009. Dividends declared per share were reduced in the second quarter of 2010 and eliminated in the fourth quarter of 2011 to preserve capital given the uncertain economic conditions. See Item 1. Business-About-Us-Regulatory Matter. For 2011, 2010, and 2009, our dividend payout ratio was not meaningful as our dividends exceeded our earnings. Inflation The impact of inflation on the banking industry differs significantly from that of other industries in which a large portion of total resources are invested in fixed assets such as property, plant and equipment. Assets and liabilities of financial institutions are virtually all monetary in nature, and therefore are primarily impacted by interest rates rather than changing prices. While the general level of inflation underlies most interest rates, interest rates react more to changes in the expected rate of inflation and to changes in monetary and fiscal policy. Net interest income and the interest rate spread are good measures of our ability to react to changing interest rates and are discussed in further detail in the section entitled “Results of Operations.” OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS We do not currently engage in the use of derivative instruments to hedge interest rate risks. However, we are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our clients. At December 31, 2011, we had $295.5 million in commitments to extend credit and $10.9 million in standby letters of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. We use the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing letters of credit as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. If commitments arising from these financial instruments continue to require funding at historical levels, management does not anticipate that such funding will adversely impact our ability to meet on-going obligations. In the event these commitments require funding in excess of historical levels, management believes current liquidity, investment security maturities, available advances from the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank provide a sufficient source of funds to meet these commitments. 60 FOURTH QUARTER 2011 – FINANCIAL RESULTS Results of Operations We realized a net loss of $0.5 million, or $0.03 per diluted share, for the fourth quarter of 2011, compared to net income of $2.0 million, or $0.12 per diluted share for the third quarter of 2011. The reduction in earnings reflects lower operating revenues of $1.0 million, a $3.9 million increase in the loan loss provision and higher noninterest expense of $0.5 million, partially offset by lower income taxes of $2.9 million. Tax equivalent net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $22.6 million compared to $23.3 million for the third quarter of 2011. The decrease of $0.7 million in tax equivalent net interest income compared to the third quarter of 2011 was due to a reduction in loan income attributable to declining loan balances, an increase in foregone interest on nonaccrual loans and continued unfavorable asset repricing, partially offset by lower interest expense. The lower interest expense reflects the reduction in deposit rates enacted late in the third quarter of 2011. The rate change affected all interest bearing deposit categories with the exception of savings. The net interest margin for the fourth quarter of 2011 was 4.17%, a decrease of 3 basis points from the third quarter of 2011. The decrease in the margin was attributable to the shift in our earning asset mix and unfavorable asset repricing, partially offset by a lower average cost of funds. The provision for loan losses for the fourth quarter of 2011 was $7.6 million compared to $3.7 million in the third quarter of 2011. The increase in the provision was driven by a higher level of general reserves reflective of an increase in the level of internally classified loans, delinquent loans and higher loan loss factors. Net charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2011 totaled $6.2 million, or 1.50% of average loans, compared to $5.1 million, or 1.22%, in the third quarter of 2011. At year-end 2011, the allowance for loan losses of $31.0 million was 1.91% of outstanding loans (net of overdrafts) and provided coverage of 41% of nonperforming loans compared to 1.79% and 56%, respectively, at the end of the third quarter of 2011. Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2011 totaled $13.9 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 2.2%, from the third quarter of 2011. Lower deposit fees of $0.1 million, bank card fees of $0.1 million and other income of $0.3 million, partially offset by higher mortgage banking fees of $0.2 million, drove the decline from the third quarter of 2011. Other income declined due to a lower level of gains from the sale of OREO properties and a third quarter interest payment received from the IRS related to the previous overpayment of income taxes. Mortgage banking fees increased due to higher loan production reflective of a slight pick-up in home sales in our markets during the later portion of the year. Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2011 totaled $31.1 million, an increase of $0.5 million over the third quarter of 2011. The increase from the third quarter was primarily due to higher OREO expense of $0.9 million and other expense of $0.4 million, partially offset by lower salary/associate benefit expense of $0.5 million and occupancy expense of $0.2 million. The higher OREO expense reflects valuation adjustments for several larger OREO properties during the fourth quarter. Advertising expense increased due to increased public relations activities and targeted promotions for the More Than Your Bank, Your Banker campaign. Lower salary/benefit expense primarily reflects the fourth quarter reversal of expense for our stock compensation award due to our budgeted earnings goal not being met for the year. Occupancy expense declined due to lower property tax expense reflective of general decline in property assessments that were finalized during the fourth quarter. A reduction in utilities expense also favorably impacted our occupancy expense and reflects a reduction in the energy rate in our Tallahassee market as well as ongoing energy initiatives to retrofit lighting fixtures throughout the company. We realized a tax benefit of $1.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to income tax expense of $1.0 million for the third quarter of 2011. Lower taxable income and the favorable resolution of certain tax contingencies totaling $1.0 million drove the variance from the previous quarter. Financial Condition Average earning assets were $2.146 billion for the fourth quarter of 2011, a decrease of $56.5 million, or 2.6% from the third quarter of 2011. The decrease was attributable to a reduction in the level of deposits (primarily seasonal in nature) and the resolution of problem loans as they were charged off or transferred to the other real estate category OREO. Period over period, average deposits declined $28.9 million and average loans declined by $21.0 million. Loan balances continue to decline throughout our portfolio, driven primarily by a reduction in the commercial real estate, residential and commercial loan categories. The loan portfolio has been impacted by weak loan demand attributable to the lack of consumer confidence and a slow economic recovery. In addition to lower production, normal amortization and payoffs, the resolution of problem loans (which has the effect of lowering the loan portfolio as loans are either charged off or transferred to the OREO category) also contributed to the overall decline. During the fourth quarter of 2011, loan charge-offs and loans transferred to OREO accounted for $13.1 million, or 45%, of the net reduction in period-end loans of $29.0 million. 61 Nonperforming assets (including nonaccrual loans and OREO) totaled $137.6 million at year-end 2011, an increase of $23 million from the third quarter of 2011. The increase in nonperforming assets compared to the prior quarter was driven by a higher level of nonaccrual loans added during the fourth quarter of 2011, generally reflective of the prolonged economic recovery in our markets and its impact on our borrowers. Nonaccrual loans totaled $75.0 million at the end of the fourth quarter of 2011, an increase of $21.6 million from the third quarter of 2011. Nonaccrual loan inflow during the fourth quarter of 2011 was primarily comprised of loans secured by residential 1-4 family real estate, commercial real estate, and farm property. Five relationships constituted $16.9 million of the $21.6 million increase. OREO balances totaled $62.6 million at year-end 2011 compared to $61.2 million at the end of the third quarter of 2011. Nonperforming assets represented 5.21% of total assets at December 31, 2011, compared to 4.54% at September 30, 2011. Average total deposits were $2.033 billion for the fourth quarter of 2011, a decrease of $28.9 million, or 1.4%, from the third quarter of 2011. The reduction was primarily in the certificates of deposit and NOW account categories. The variance in the NOW account category reflects an expected seasonal fourth quarter variation in our public funds balances. We continue to experience a favorable shift in the mix of our deposits as higher cost certificates of deposit balances are replaced with lower rate non-maturity deposits and noninterest bearing demand accounts. We maintained an average net overnight funds (deposits with banks plus fed funds sold less fed funds purchased) sold position of $191.8 million during the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to an average net overnight funds sold position of $231.7 million in the prior quarter. The lower balance when compared to the third quarter of 2011 reflects declining deposits (public funds and certificates of deposit) and lower levels of short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in the loan portfolio. 62 ACCOUNTING POLICIES Critical Accounting Policies The consolidated financial statements and accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make various estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). We believe that, of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance is that amount considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three components: (i) specific valuation allowances established for probable losses on specific loans deemed impaired; (ii) valuation allowances calculated for specific homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited to, historical loan loss experience, current economic and market conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans; and (iii) an unallocated allowance that reflects management’s determination of estimation risk. Our financial results are affected by the changes in and the absolute level of the allowance for loan losses. This estimation process is judgmental and requires an estimate of the loss severity rates that we apply to our non-impaired loan portfolio. In the event that estimated loss severity rates for our non-impaired loan portfolio increased by 10%, the allowance for loan losses would increase by approximately $1.1 million. Intangible Assets. Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets (primarily core deposit intangibles) that were recognized in connection with various acquisitions. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net assets. We perform an impairment review on an annual basis or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Adverse changes in the economic environment, declining operations, or other factors could result in a decline in the estimated implied fair value of goodwill. If the estimated implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying amount, a loss would be recognized to reduce the carrying amount to the estimated implied fair value. For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, we utilize a two step process. Step One compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, Step Two is performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit’s implied goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess. For Step One, we utilize both the income and market approaches to value our reporting unit. The income approach consists of discounting long-term projected future cash flows, which are derived from internal forecasts and economic and industry expectations. The projected future cash flows are discounted using a capital asset pricing model. The market approach applies a market multiple, based on observed purchase transactions and/or an observed price/tangible book value multiple for our peer group. For purposes of performing Step Two, we perform a full purchase price allocation in the same manner as if a business combination had occurred. As part of this process, we estimate the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. For Step One, there are judgments and estimates used in the income approach for determining the estimated fair value of our reporting unit, including the discount rate and terminal growth rates utilized, which can change based on changes in the business climate, and the internal forecasts used to project cash flows, which are subject to change over short periods of time. In addition, current economic conditions and stress within the banking industry can impact the outcome of the market valuation approach. For Step Two, a significant factor in the fair value of our assets and overall goodwill impairment assessment is the loan discount applied to our loan portfolio. A decrease of approximately 19% in the loan discount would result in the carrying value of our goodwill being equal to the implied goodwill value at December 31, 2011. Throughout 2011 we have evaluated our goodwill for possible impairment using a consistent methodology and will continue this assessment process due to the decline in the market value of our stock to a level which is below book value. The aforementioned factors can change from period to period and are presented to reflect the potential variance in the fair value of our reporting unit and implied goodwill that could occur should there be changes in these critical valuation factors. 63 Core deposit assets represent the premium we paid for core deposits. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on the straight-line method over various periods ranging from 5-10 years. Generally, core deposits refer to nonpublic, non-maturing deposits including noninterest-bearing deposits, NOW, money market and savings. We make certain estimates relating to the useful life of these assets and the rate of run-off based on the nature of the specific assets and the client bases acquired. If there is a reason to believe there has been a permanent loss in value, management will assess these assets for impairment. Any changes in the original estimates may materially affect our operating results. Pension Assumptions. We have a defined benefit pension plan for the benefit of substantially all of our associates. Our funding policy with respect to the pension plan is to contribute amounts to the plan sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set by law. Pension expense, reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in noninterest expense as “Salaries and Associate Benefits,” is determined by an external actuarial valuation based on assumptions that are evaluated annually as of December 31, the measurement date for the pension obligation. The Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition reflect an accrued pension benefit cost due to funding levels and unrecognized actuarial amounts. The most significant assumptions used in calculating the pension obligation are the weighted-average discount rate used to determine the present value of the pension obligation, the weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, and the assumed rate of annual compensation increases. These assumptions are re-evaluated annually with the external actuaries, taking into consideration both current market conditions and anticipated long-term market conditions. The weighted-average discount rate is determined by matching the anticipated defined pension plan cash flows to a long-term corporate Aa-rated bond index and solving for the underlying rate of return, which investing in such securities would generate. This methodology is applied consistently from year-to-year. The discount rate utilized in 2011 was 5.55%. The estimated impact to 2011 pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the discount rate would have been a decrease and increase of approximately $596,000 and $691,000, respectively. We anticipate using a 5.00% discount rate in 2012. The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined based on the current and anticipated future mix of assets in the plan. The assets currently consist of equity securities, U.S. Government and Government agency debt securities, and other securities (typically temporary liquid funds awaiting investment). The weighted-average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets utilized for 2011 was 8.0%. The estimated impact to 2011 pension expense of a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the rate of return would have been an approximate $205,000 decrease or increase, respectively. We anticipate using a rate of return on plan assets for 2012 of 8.0%. The assumed rate of annual compensation increases of 4.25% in 2011 reflects expected trends in salaries and the employee base. We anticipate using a compensation increase of 4.00% for 2012 reflecting current market trends. Detailed information on the pension plan, the actuarially determined disclosures, and the assumptions used are provided in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Recent Accounting Pronouncements The Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC, and other regulatory bodies have enacted new accounting pronouncements and standards that either has impacted our results in prior years presented, or will likely impact our results in 2012. Please refer to the Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK See “Financial Condition - Market Risk and Interest Rate Sensitivity” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, above, which is incorporated herein by reference. 64 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Table 14 QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) $ $ $ $ $ (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Summary of Operations: Interest Income Interest Expense Net Interest Income Provision for Loan Losses Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses Noninterest Income Noninterest Expense (Loss) Income Before Income Taxes Income Tax (Benefit) Expense Net (Loss) Income Net Interest Income (FTE) Per Common Share: Net Income (Loss) Basic Net Income (Loss) Diluted Cash Dividends Declared Diluted Book Value Market Price: High Low Close Selected Average Balances: Loans, Net Earning Assets Total Assets Deposits Shareowners’ Equity Common Equivalent Average Shares: Basic Diluted Performance Ratios: Return on Average Assets Return on Average Equity Net Interest Margin (FTE) Noninterest Income as % of Operating Revenue Efficiency Ratio Asset Quality: Allowance for Loan Losses Allowance for Loan Losses to Loans Nonperforming Assets (“NPA’s”) NPA’s to Total Assets NPA’S to Loans + ORE Allowance to Non-Performing Loans Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Capital Ratios: Tier I Capital Total Capital Tangible Capital Leverage Fourth Third Second First Fourth Third Second First 2011 2010 $ 23,912 1,515 22,397 7,600 14,797 13,873 31,103 (2,433) (1,898) (535) $ $ 22,560 (0.03) $ (0.03) 0.00 14.68 11.11 9.43 9.55 $ 1,646,715 2,146,463 2,509,915 2,032,975 264,276 17,160 17,161 (0.08)% (0.80) 4.17 38.34 85.08 31,035 1.91% 137,623 5.21 8.14 41.37 1.50 13.96% 15.32 6.51 10.26 24,891 $ 1,791 23,100 3,718 19,382 14,193 30,647 2,928 951 1,977 $ 23,326 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 0.10 15.20 11.18 9.81 10.38 25,467 $ 2,028 23,439 3,545 19,894 14,448 31,167 3,175 1,030 2,145 $ 23,704 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 0.10 15.20 13.12 9.94 10.26 25,189 $ 2,203 22,986 4,133 18,853 16,334 33,331 1,856 546 1,310 $ 23,257 $ 0.08 $ 0.08 0.10 15.13 13.80 11.87 12.68 26,831 $ 2,473 24,358 3,783 20,575 14,735 33,540 1,770 (148) 1,918 $ 24,654 $ 0.12 $ 0.12 0.10 15.15 14.19 11.56 12.60 27,576 $ 2,792 24,784 5,668 19,449 13,449 32,363 202 (199) 401 $ 25,116 $ 0.02 $ 0.02 0.10 15.25 14.24 10.76 12.14 27,934 $ 3,565 24,369 3,633 20,736 14,674 34,629 781 50 731 $ 24,738 $ 0.04 $ 0.04 0.10 15.32 18.25 12.36 12.38 1,667,720 $ 2,202,927 2,563,251 2,061,913 263,902 1,704,348 $ 2,258,931 2,618,287 2,107,301 262,371 1,730,330 $ 2,278,602 2,643,017 2,125,379 261,603 1,782,916 $ 2,218,049 2,576,793 2,115,867 262,622 1,807,483 $ 2,273,198 2,626,758 2,172,165 263,742 1,841,379 $ 2,329,365 2,678,488 2,234,178 263,873 17,152 17,167 17,127 17,139 17,122 17,130 17,095 17,096 17,087 17,088 17,063 17,074 0.31% 2.97 4.20 38.14 81.40 29,658 1.79% 114,592 4.54 6.67 55.54 1.22 14.05% 15.41 7.19 10.20 0.33% 3.28 4.21 38.13 81.41 31,080 1.84% 122,092 4.70 6.98 50.89 1.49 13.83% 15.19 6.96 9.95 65 0.20% 2.03 4.14 41.54 83.30 33,873 1.98% 129,318 4.86 7.31 45.80 1.33 13.46% 14.82 6.73 9.74 0.30% 2.90 4.41 37.69 83.75 35,436 2.01% 123,637 4.72 6.81 53.94 1.35 13.24% 14.59 6.82 10.10 0.06% 0.60 4.38 35.17 82.08 37,720 2.10% 125,376 4.86 6.77 50.86 1.40 12.93% 14.29 6.98 9.75 0.11% 1.11 4.26 37.58 86.06 38,442 2.11% 122,614 4.63 6.56 51.60 1.39 12.78% 14.14 6.80 9.58 28,154 4,132 24,022 10,740 13,282 13,967 33,384 (6,135) (2,672) (3,463) 24,473 (0.20) (0.20) 0.19 15.34 14.61 11.57 14.25 1,886,367 2,358,288 2,698,419 2,248,760 268,555 17,057 17,070 (0.52)% (5.23) 4.21 36.77 85.00 41,199 2.23% 122,826 4.52 6.47 53.94 2.91 12.81% 14.16 6.62 9.64 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PAGE 67 68 69 70 71 72 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Consolidated Statements of Operations Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 66 The Board of Directors and Shareowners of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Capital City Bank Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Birmingham, Alabama March 15, 2012 67 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION (Dollars in Thousands) ASSETS Cash and Due From Banks Federal Funds Sold and Interest Bearing Deposits Total Cash and Cash Equivalents Investment Securities, Available-for-Sale Loans, Net of Unearned Income Allowance for Loan Losses Loans, Net Premises and Equipment, Net Goodwill Other Intangible Assets Other Real Estate Owned Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Deposits: Noninterest Bearing Deposits Interest Bearing Deposits Total Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Other Liabilities Total Liabilities SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 17,160,274 and 17,100,081 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 68 As of December 31, 2011 2010 54,953 330,361 385,314 307,149 1,628,683 (31,035) 1,597,648 110,991 84,811 673 62,600 92,126 2,641,312 618,317 1,554,202 2,172,519 43,372 62,887 44,606 65,986 2,389,370 $ $ $ 35,410 200,783 236,193 309,731 1,758,671 (35,436) 1,723,235 115,356 84,811 1,348 57,937 93,442 2,622,053 546,257 1,557,719 2,103,976 92,928 62,887 50,101 53,142 2,363,034 — — 172 37,838 237,461 (23,529) 251,942 2,641,312 171 36,920 237,679 (15,751) 259,019 2,622,053 $ $ $ $ $ CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) INTEREST INCOME Interest and Fees on Loans Investment Securities: Taxable Securities Tax Exempt Securities Funds Sold Total Interest Income INTEREST EXPENSE Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Other Long-Term Borrowings Total Interest Expense NET INTEREST INCOME Provision for Loan Losses Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses NONINTEREST INCOME Service Charges on Deposit Accounts Data Processing Fees Asset Management Fees Retail Brokerage Fees Securities Transactions Mortgage Banking Fees Bank Card Fees Other Total Noninterest Income NONINTEREST EXPENSE Salaries and Associate Benefits Occupancy, Net Furniture and Equipment Intangible Amortization Other Real Estate Other Total Noninterest Expense INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES Income Tax Expense (Benefit) NET INCOME (LOSS) BASIC NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE DILUTED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE Average Basic Common Shares Outstanding Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 69 For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 2011 2009 $ 94,944 $ 105,710 $ 117,324 3,321 647 547 99,459 3,947 305 1,380 1,905 7,537 91,922 18,996 72,926 25,451 3,230 4,364 3,251 — 2,675 10,141 9,736 58,848 63,642 9,622 8,558 675 12,677 31,074 126,248 5,526 629 4,897 0.29 0.29 17,140 17,140 $ $ $ 2,681 1,517 587 110,495 8,645 159 2,008 2,150 12,962 97,533 23,824 73,709 26,500 3,610 4,235 2,820 8 2,948 9,200 7,504 56,825 62,755 10,010 8,929 2,682 14,922 34,618 133,916 (3,382) (2,969) (413) (0.02) (0.02) 17,076 17,077 $ $ $ 2,698 2,672 82 122,776 10,585 291 3,730 2,236 16,842 105,934 40,017 65,917 28,142 3,628 3,925 2,655 10 2,699 10,306 6,026 57,391 65,067 9,798 9,096 4,042 7,577 36,535 132,115 (8,807) (5,336) (3,471) (0.20) (0.20) 17,044 17,045 $ $ $ CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Balance, January 1, 2009 Comprehensive Income: Net Loss Change in Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities (net of tax) Change in Funded Status of Defined Pension Plan and SERP Plan (net of tax) Total Comprehensive Income Cash Dividends ($.7600 per share) Stock Performance Plan Compensation Issuance of Common Stock Repurchase of Common Stock Balance, December 31, 2009 Comprehensive Income: Net Loss Change in Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities (net of tax) Change in Funded Status of Defined Pension Plan and SERP Plan (net of tax) Total Comprehensive Loss Cash Dividends ($.4900 per share) Issuance of Common Stock Balance, December 31, 2010 Comprehensive Income: Net Income Change in Unrealized Gain On Available-for-Sale Securities (net of tax) Change in Funded Status of Defined Pension Plan and SERP Plan (net of tax) Total Comprehensive Income Cash Dividends ($.3000 per share) Issuance of Common Stock Balance, December 31, 2011 Shares Outstanding Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, Net of Taxes Total 17,126,997 $ 171 $ 36,783 $ 262,890 $ (21,014) $ 278,830 — — — — — — (1) 170 — — — — — 1 171 — — — — — 1 172 55,298 (145,888) 17,036,407 63,674 17,100,081 60,193 17,160,274 $ — — — — — (176) 1,052 (1,560) 36,099 — — — — — 821 36,920 — — (3,471) — — — (12,959) — — — 246,460 (413) — — — (8,368) — 237,679 4,897 — — (3,471) (888) (888) 7,072 — — — — — (14,830) — 79 (1,000) — — — (15,751) — 397 7,072 2,713 (12,959) (176) 1,052 (1,561) 267,899 (413) 79 (1,000) (1,334) (8,368) 822 259,019 4,897 397 — — — 918 37,838 $ — — (5,115) — 237,461 $ $ (8,175) — — — (23,529) $ (8,175) (2,881) (5,115) 919 251,942 The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 70 CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Dollars in Thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net Income (Loss) Adjustment to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Cash Provided by Operating Activities: Provision for Loan Losses Depreciation Net Securities Amortization Amortization of Intangible Assets Gain on Securities Transactions Loss on Impaired Security Origination of Loans Held-for-Sale Proceeds From Sales of Loans Held-for-Sale Net Gain From Sales of Loans Held-for Sale Net (Increase) Decrease in Deferred Income Taxes Net Decrease in Other Assets Net Increase (Decrease) in Other Liabilities Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Securities Available-for-Sale: Purchases Sales Payments, Maturities, and Calls Net Decrease (Increase) in Loans Purchase of Premises & Equipment Proceeds From Sales of Premises & Equipment Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Net Increase (Decrease) in Deposits Net (Decrease) Increase in Short-Term Borrowings Increase in Other Long-Term Borrowings Repayment of Other Long-Term Borrowings Dividends Paid Repurchase of Common Stock Issuance of Common Stock Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES: Interest Paid on Deposits Interest Paid on Debt Taxes Paid Loans Transferred to Other Real Estate Issuance of Common Stock as Non-Cash Compensation Transfer of Current Portion of Long-Term Borrowings The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements. 71 For the Years Ended December 31, 2010 2011 2009 $ 4,897 $ (413) $ (3,471) 18,996 6,770 3,808 675 — — (128,283) 123,528 (2,675) (2,919) 28,611 12,846 66,254 (81,984) — 81,405 76,582 (2,404) — 73,599 68,543 (49,557) 789 (6,284) (5,142) — 919 9,268 149,121 236,193 385,314 23,824 7,050 3,384 2,682 (8) 100 (143,479) 148,288 (2,948) 1,898 16,457 19,059 75,894 (224,245) 505 86,935 73,775 (6,975) 7 (69,998) (154,258) 57,088 2,478 (1,758) (8,368) — 822 (103,996) (98,100) 334,293 236,193 $ $ 4,477 3,698 8,646 37,438 — — $ 9,659 4,323 605 49,247 — 10,000 $ $ $ 40,017 6,680 2,364 4,042 (10) 300 (158,193) 156,865 (2,699) 2,911 5,929 (4,176) 50,559 (66,794) 2,806 75,295 (31,135) (15,688) 2 (35,514) 266,061 (26,486) 2,029 (3,837) (12,959) (1,561) 1,052 224,299 239,344 94,949 334,293 10,586 6,273 7,218 43,997 155 637 $ $ $ Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 1 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (“CCBG”), and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Capital City Bank (“CCB” or the “Bank” and together with CCBG, the “Company”). All material inter-company transactions and accounts have been eliminated. The Company, which operates a single reportable business segment that is comprised of commercial banking within the states of Florida, Georgia, and Alabama, follows accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and reporting practices applicable to the banking industry. The principles which materially affect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows are summarized below. The Company determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Voting interest entities are entities in which the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and provide the equity holders with the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. The Company consolidates voting interest entities in which it has all, or at least a majority of, the voting interest. As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. CCBG’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, CCBG Capital Trust I (established November 1, 2004) and CCBG Capital Trust II (established May 24, 2005) are VIEs for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of these entities are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Certain items in prior financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through the date the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K were issued. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could vary from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, pension expense, income taxes, loss contingencies, and valuation of goodwill and other intangibles and their respective analysis of impairment. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in other banks, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods and all other cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or less. The Company is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank based upon a percentage of deposits. The average amounts of these reserve balances for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $16.1 million and $16.3 million, respectively. Investment Securities Investment securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value and represent securities that are available to meet liquidity and/or other needs of the Company. Gains and losses are recognized and reported separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations upon realization or when impairment of values is deemed to be other than temporary. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery in fair value. Gains or losses are recognized using the specific identification method. Unrealized holding gains and losses for securities available-for-sale are excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Operations and reported net of taxes in the accumulated other comprehensive income component of shareowners’ equity until realized. Accretion and amortization are recognized on the effective yield method over the life of the securities. 72 Loans Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income. Interest income is accrued on the effective yield method based on outstanding balances. Fees charged to originate loans and direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan as a yield adjustment. The Company defines loans as past due when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days late. The accrual of interest is generally suspended on loans more than 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized when the ultimate collectability is no longer considered doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. Loans are charged-off (if unsecured) or written-down (if secured) when losses are probable and reasonably quantifiable. Loans Held For Sale Certain residential mortgage loans are originated for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. Additionally, certain other loans are periodically identified to be sold. The Company has the ability and intent to sell these loans and they are classified as loans held for sale and carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $13.8 million and $6.3 million, respectively, in loans classified as held for sale which were committed to be purchased by third party investors. Fair value is determined on the basis of rates quoted in the respective secondary market for the type of loan held for sale. Loans are generally sold with servicing released at a premium or discount from the carrying amount of the loans. Such premium or discount is recognized as mortgage banking revenue at the date of sale. Fixed commitments are generally used at the time loans are originated or identified for sale to mitigate interest rate risk. The fair value of fixed commitments to originate and sell loans held for sale is not material. Allowance for Loan Losses The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance is that amount considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on management’s evaluation of credit risk as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses includes allowance allocations calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310 – Receivables (formerly Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan,” as amended by SFAS 118), and allowance allocations calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 450 (formerly SFAS 5), “Accounting for Contingencies.” The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing. This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three components: (i) specific valuation allowances established for probable losses on specific loans deemed impaired; (ii) valuation allowances calculated for specific homogenous loan pools based on, but not limited to, historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, levels of past due loans, and levels of problem loans; (iii) an unallocated allowance that reflects management’s determination of estimation risk. Long-Lived Assets Premises and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each type of asset with premises being depreciated over a range of 10 to 40 years, and equipment being depreciated over a range of 3 to 10 years. Additions, renovations and leasehold improvements to premises are capitalized and depreciated over the lesser of the useful life or the remaining lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to noninterest expense as incurred. Intangible assets, other than goodwill, consist of core deposit intangible assets and client relationship assets that were recognized in connection with various acquisitions. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized on the straight-line method over various periods, with the majority being amortized over an average of 5 to 10 years. Other identifiable intangibles are amortized on the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment if circumstances suggest that their carrying value may not be recoverable, by comparing the carrying value to estimated undiscounted cash flows. If the asset is deemed impaired, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the carrying value less the fair value. 73 Goodwill Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of businesses acquired over the fair value of the net assets acquired. In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, the Company determined it has one goodwill reporting unit. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. See Note 5 – Intangible Assets for additional information. Foreclosed Assets Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired. A subsequent decline in the fair value of the asset is reflected as noninterest expense. Costs after acquisition are generally expensed. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions. Foreclosed assets are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and totaled $62.6 million and $57.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Loss Contingencies Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Income Taxes Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities (excluding deferred tax assets and liabilities related to business combinations or components of other comprehensive income). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return and each subsidiary files a separate state income tax return. Earnings Per Common Share Basic earnings per common share is based on net income divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period excluding non-vested stock. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested stock awards granted using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted-average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and the weighted average common shares used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for the reported periods is provided in Note 13 — Earnings Per Share. Comprehensive Income Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareowners’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareowners. Besides net income, other components of the Company’s comprehensive income include the after tax effect of changes in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale and changes in the funded status of defined benefit and supplemental executive retirement plans. Comprehensive income is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity. Stock Based Compensation Compensation cost is recognized for share based awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of the grant is used for restricted stock awards. For stock option awards, a Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the value of the options. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. 74 NEW AUTHORITATIVE ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” (Formerly FSP No. EITF 03-6-1) New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 260-10 provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. ASC Topic 260-10 became effective on January 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. FASB ASC Topic 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” (Formerly SFAS 115-2 and SFAS 124-2) New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 320, (i) changes existing guidance for determining whether an impairment is other than temporary to debt securities and (ii) replaces the existing requirement that the entity’s management assert it has both the intent and ability to hold an impaired security until recovery with a requirement that management assert: (a) it does not have the intent to sell the security; and (b) it is more likely than not it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Under ASC Topic 320, declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The Company adopted the provisions of the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 320 during the second quarter of 2009. Adoption of the new guidance did not significantly impact the Company’s financial statements. FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits.” (Formerly FSP No. 132(R)-1) New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits,” provides guidance related to an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of defined benefit pension or other post- retirement benefit plans. Under ASC Topic 715, disclosures should provide users of financial statements with an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, the factors that are pertinent to an understanding of investment policies and strategies, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets for the period and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. The provisions of the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 715 became effective for the Company’s financial statements for the year-ended December 31, 2009. See Note 12 – Employee Benefit Plans. FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” (Formerly SFAS No. 141) On January 1, 2009, new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 805 applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses. ASC Topic 805 requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquirer at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process required under previous accounting guidance whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value. ASC Topic requires acquirers to expense acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as was previously the case under prior accounting guidance. Under ASC Topic 805, the requirements of ASC Topic 420, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” would have to be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting. Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair value, unless it is a non-contractual contingency that is not likely to materialize, in which case, nothing should be recognized in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria of ASC Topic 450, “Accounting for Contingencies.” ASC Topic 805 is applicable to the Company’s accounting for business combinations closing on or after January 1, 2009. The provisions of the new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 305 became effective during the first quarter of 2009. The new guidance did not significantly impact the Company’s financial statements. FASB ASC Topic 810, “Consolidation.” New accounting guidance amended prior guidance to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non- controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” (Formerly SFAS No. 161) New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” amends prior guidance to amend and expand the disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities to provide greater transparency about (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under ASC Topic 815, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. To meet those objectives, the new authoritative accounting guidance requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 815 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2009 and did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements. 75 FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of ASC Topic 820 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2008 for financial assets and financial liabilities and on January 1, 2009 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities. Additional new accounting guidance under ASC Topic 820, which became effective during the first quarter of 2009, expanded certain disclosure requirements and affirmed that the objective of fair value when the market for an asset is not active is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction, and clarifies and includes additional factors for determining whether there has been a significant decrease in market activity for an asset when the market for that asset is not active. ASU 2009-5, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820)—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value,” which became effective during the fourth quarter of 2009, provided guidance for measuring the fair value of a liability in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. See Note 19—Fair Value Measurements. FASB ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events.” New accounting guidance established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. This guidance became effective for the Company’s financial statements for periods ending after June 15, 2009 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2009-16, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) - Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets.” The new authoritative accounting guidance amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. ASU 2009-16 also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASU 2009-16 became effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2009-17, “Consolidations (Topic 810) - Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities.” ASU 2009- 17 amends prior guidance to change how a company determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a company is required to consolidate an entity is based on, among other things, an entity’s purpose and design and a company’s ability to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance. ASU 2009- 17 requires additional disclosures about the reporting entity’s involvement with variable-interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement as well as its effect on the entity’s financial statements. ASU 2009-17 became effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) - Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements.” ASU 2010-06 requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would generally be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) company’s should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be required for the Company beginning January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2010-11, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)—Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.” ASU 2010-11 clarifies that the only form of an embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another. As a result, entities that have contracts containing an embedded credit derivative feature in a form other than such subordination may need to separately account for the embedded credit derivative feature. The provisions of ASU 2010-11 became effective for the Company on July 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310)—Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.” ASU 2010-20 requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable, which is generally a disaggregation of portfolio segment. 76 The required disclosures include, among other things, a roll-forward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non- accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 became effective for the Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period will be required for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. ASU 2011-01, “Receivables (Topic 310)—Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20,” temporarily deferred the effective date for disclosures related to troubled debt restructurings to coincide with the effective date of a proposed accounting standards update related to troubled debt restructurings, which is currently expected to be effective for periods ending after June 15, 2011. See Note 3—Loans. ASU No. 2010-28, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)—When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts.” ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist such as if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. ASU 2010-28 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2011 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU No. 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations.” ASU 2010-29 provides clarification regarding the acquisition date that should be used for reporting the pro forma financial information disclosures required by Topic 805 when comparative financial statements are presented. ASU 2010-29 also requires entities to provide a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the business combination. ASU 2010-29 is effective for the Company prospectively for business combinations occurring after December 31, 2010. ASU No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310) - A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” ASU 2011-02 clarifies which loan modifications constitute troubled debt restructurings and is intended to assist creditors in determining whether a modification of the terms of a receivable meets the criteria to be considered a troubled debt restructuring, both for purposes of recording an impairment loss and for disclosure of troubled debt restructurings. In evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude, under the guidance clarified by ASU 2011-02, that both of the following exist: (a) the restructuring constitutes a concession; and (b) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU 2011-02 became effective for the Company on July 1, 2011, and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. See Note 3—Loans. ASU No. 2011-03, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) - Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements.” ASU 2011-03 is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. ASU 2011-03 removes from the assessment of effective control (i) the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. ASU 2011-03 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” ASU 2011-04 amends Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” to converge the fair value measurement guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 amends Topic 220, “Comprehensive Income,” to require that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented in either a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present, on the face of the financial statements, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011; however, certain provisions related to the presentation of reclassification adjustments have been deferred by ASU 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05,” as further discussed below. ASU 2011-05 is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 77 ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) - Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU 2011-08 amends Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other,” to give entities the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test by calculating the fair value of the reporting unit and comparing the fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2011, and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210) - “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 amends Topic 210, “Balance Sheet,” to require an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments, such as sales and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending arrangements, and derivative instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013, and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. ASU 2011-12 “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU 2011-12 defers changes in ASU No. 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments to allow the FASB time to re-deliberate whether to require presentation of such adjustments on the face of the financial statements to show the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-12 allows entities to continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before ASU No. 2011-05. All other requirements in ASU No. 2011-05 are not affected by ASU No. 2011-12. ASU 2011-12 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. 78 Note 2 INVESTMENT SECURITIES Investment Portfolio Composition. The amortized cost and related market value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities(1) Total Investment Securities (Dollars in Thousands) U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities(1) Total Investment Securities Amortized Cost 168,001 14,758 58,946 51,775 11,957 305,437 Amortized Cost 160,913 — 78,990 56,099 12,664 308,666 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2011 Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Market Value 1,463 27 186 809 — 2,485 $ $ 2010 — $ 48 38 87 600 773 $ 169,464 14,737 59,094 52,497 11,357 307,149 Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Market Value 1,371 — 319 678 — 2,368 $ $ 134 — 9 560 600 1,303 $ $ 162,150 — 79,300 56,217 12,064 309,731 (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank stock recorded at cost of $6.5 million and $4.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $7.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. No ready market exists for these stocks, and they have no quoted market value. However, redemption of these stocks has historically been at par value. Securities with an amortized cost of $102.1 million and $131.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes. The Company’s subsidiary, CCB, as a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta based generally upon the balances of residential and commercial real estate loans, and FHLB advances. FHLB stock of $6.5 million which is included in other securities is pledged to secure FHLB advances. Investment Sales. The total proceeds from the sale or call of investment securities and the gross realized gains and losses from the sale or call of such securities for each of the last three years are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Year 2011 2010 2009 $ $ $ Total Proceeds Gross Realized Gains Gross Realized Losses 321 $ 3,640 $ 5,316 $ — $ 8 $ 10 $ — — — Maturity Distribution. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s investment securities had the following maturity distribution based on contractual maturities: (Dollars in Thousands) Due in one year or less Due after one through five years Due after five through ten years Due over ten years No Maturity Total Investment Securities Amortized Cost Market Value 127,800 164,490 1,190 — 11,957 305,437 $ $ 128,164 166,340 1,288 — 11,357 307,149 $ $ Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 79 Other Than Temporarily Impaired Securities. The following table summarizes the investment securities with unrealized losses at December 31, aggregated by major security type and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position: (Dollars in Thousands) U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities Total Investment Securities (Dollars in Thousands) U.S. Government Treasury U.S. Government Agency States and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities Total Investment Securities Less Than 12 Months 2011 Greater Than 12 Months Total Market Value Unrealized Losses Market Value Unrealized Losses Market Value Unrealized Losses $ $ $ $ 9,698 — 14,597 11,612 — 35,907 $ $ 48 — 38 87 — 173 Less Than 12 Months Market Value Unrealized Losses 36,103 — 4,622 33,990 — 74,715 $ $ 134 — 9 560 — 703 $ $ $ $ — $ — — 37 600 637 $ 2010 Greater Than 12 Months — $ — — — 600 600 $ 9,698 — 14,597 11,649 600 36,544 $ $ 48 — 38 87 600 773 Total Market Value Unrealized Losses Market Value Unrealized Losses — $ — — — 600 600 $ — $ — — — 600 600 $ 36,103 — 4,622 33,990 600 75,315 $ $ 134 — 9 560 600 1,303 Management evaluates securities for other than temporary impairment at least quarterly, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to: 1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, 2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and 3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for recovery in the fair value above amortized cost. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by rating agencies have occurred, regulatory and analysts’ report. At December 31, 2011, the Company had securities of $305.4 million with net pre-tax unrealized gains of $1.7 million on these securities, of which $36.5 million have unrealized losses totaling $0.8 million. Approximately $0.2 million of these securities have been in a loss position for less than 12 months. These securities are primarily in a loss position because they were acquired when the general level of interest rates was lower than that on December 31, 2011. The Company believes that the losses in these securities are temporary in nature and that the full principal will be collected as anticipated. Because the declines in the market value of these investments are attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold these investments until there is a recovery in fair value, which may be at maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than- temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011. One preferred bank stock issue for $0.6 million has been in a loss position for greater than 12 months. 80 Note 3 LOANS Loan Portfolio Composition. At December 31, the composition of the loan portfolio was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential(1) Real Estate - Home Equity Real Estate - Loans Held-for-Sale Consumer Loans, Net of Unearned Income 2011 130,879 26,367 639,140 385,621 244,263 13,750 188,663 1,628,683 $ $ 2010 157,394 43,239 671,702 424,229 251,565 6,312 204,230 1,758,671 $ $ (1) Includes loans in process with outstanding balances of $12.5 million and $10.2 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net deferred fees included in loans at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $1.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Past Due Loans. A loan is defined as a past due loan when one full payment is past due or a contractual maturity is over 30 days past due (“DPD”). The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31 by class of loans: 2011 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Past Due Loans 2010 (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Past Due Loans 30-59 DPD 60-89 DPD 90 + DPD Total Past Due $ $ $ $ 307 — 3,070 7,983 1,139 2,355 14,854 30-59 DPD 645 314 5,577 7,171 1,445 2,867 18,019 $ $ $ $ 49 — 646 3,031 500 345 4,571 60-89 DPD 193 129 840 3,958 698 356 6,174 $ $ $ $ 46 — — 58 95 25 224 $ $ 402 — 3,716 11,072 1,734 2,725 19,649 90 + DPD Total Past Due — $ — — 120 39 — 159 $ 838 443 6,417 11,249 2,182 3,223 24,352 Total Current 129,722 26,034 592,604 350,133 238,246 197,272 1,534,011 Total Current 155,497 40,890 638,411 389,103 244,579 200,139 1,668,619 $ $ $ $ Total Loans 130,879 26,367 639,140 386,877 244,263 201,157 1,628,683 Total Loans 157,394 43,239 671,702 430,541 251,565 204,230 1,758,671 $ $ $ $ Nonaccrual Loans. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status if principal or interest payments become 90 days past due and/or management deems the collectability of the principal and/or interest to be doubtful. Loans are returned to accrual status when the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current or when future payments are reasonably assured. The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans and loans past due over 90 days and still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Nonaccrual Loans 2011 2010 Nonaccrual 90 + Days Nonaccrual 90 + Days $ $ 755 334 42,820 25,671 4,283 1,160 75,023 46 — — 58 95 25 224 $ $ 1,059 1,907 26,874 30,189 4,803 868 65,700 $ $ — — — 120 39 — 159 81 Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR’s”). TDR’s are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company has granted an economic concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to alleviate the borrower’s near-term cash requirements and minimize potential losses. Effective July 1, 2011, the Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310) – A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The following table presents loans classified as TDR’s as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total TDR’s Accruing 694 178 20,062 15,553 1,161 27 37,675 2011 $ $ $ $ Nonaccruing Accruing — $ — 12,029 947 — — 12,976 $ 768 660 10,635 8,884 648 54 21,649 2010 $ $ Nonaccruing 101 — 5,742 615 — — 6,458 Loans classified as TDR’s during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 are presented in the table below: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total TDR’s Number of Contracts Pre-Modify Recorded Investment Post-Modify Recorded Investment 7 $ 5 46 79 9 2 148 $ 568 $ 3,679 16,197 15,249 639 24 36,356 $ 547 3,752 16,311 15,487 660 23 36,780 Loan modifications made within the last 12 months that were classified as TDR’s that have subsequently defaulted are presented in the table below: (Dollars in Thousands) Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total TDR’s 82 Number of Contracts Post-Modify Recorded Investment 2 1 12 7 — — 22 $ $ 218 2,327 5,221 1,424 — — 9,190 Credit Quality Indicators. As part of the ongoing monitoring of the Company’s loan portfolio quality, management categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment performance, credit documentation, and current economic/market trends, among other factors. Risk ratings are assigned to each loan and revised as needed through established monitoring procedures for individual loan relationships over a predetermined amount and review of smaller balance homogenous loan pools. The Company uses the definitions noted below for categorizing and managing its criticized loans. Loans categorized as “Pass” do not meet the criteria set forth for the Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful categories and are not considered criticized. Special Mention – Loans in this category are presently protected from loss, but weaknesses are apparent which, if not corrected, could cause future problems. Loans in this category may not meet required underwriting criteria and have no mitigating factors. More than the ordinary amount of attention is warranted for these loans. Substandard – Loans in this category exhibit well-defined weaknesses that would typically bring normal repayment into jeopardy. These loans are no longer adequately protected due to well-defined weaknesses that affect the repayment capacity of the borrower. The possibility of loss is much more evident and above average supervision is required for these loans. Doubtful – Loans in this category have all the weaknesses inherent in a loan categorized as Substandard, with the characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. The following table presents the risk category of loans by segment as of December 31: 2011 (Dollars in Thousands) Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Criticized Loans 2010 (Dollars in Thousands) Special Mention Substandard Doubtful Total Criticized Loans Commercial, Financial, Agriculture Real Estate Consumer Total Loans $ $ 4,883 9,804 111 14,798 $ $ 43,787 202,734 7,763 254,284 $ $ 79 1,699 — 1,778 $ $ 48,749 214,237 7,874 270,860 Commercial, Financial, Agriculture Real Estate Consumer Total Loans $ $ 20,539 10,599 1,060 32,198 $ $ 100,008 165,143 63,773 328,924 $ $ 102 719 867 1,688 $ $ 120,649 176,461 65,700 362,810 During the third quarter of 2011, the Company performed a review of its Special Mention loan portfolio to determine proper alignment of its loan grading practices with the regulatory definition of loans for this category. As a result of this review, a new loan risk category was added to reflect loans that currently meet existing credit underwriting guidelines, but warrant a greater level of monitoring due to certain manageable credit policy exceptions or exposure to an industry segment that is experiencing higher than normal risk levels. Loans of this nature were reflected as Pass Watch loans within the Pass category as of December 31, 2011 and are not considered criticized. The decline in the balance of Special Mention loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, reflects the impact of this reclassification process. 83 Note 4 ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES An analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for December 31 was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Balance, Beginning of Year Provision for Loan Losses Recoveries on Loans Previously Charged-Off Loans Charged-Off Reclassification of Unfunded Reserve to Other Liability Balance, End of Year 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 35,436 18,996 2,794 (26,191) — 31,035 $ $ 43,999 23,824 3,127 (35,514) — 35,436 $ $ 37,004 40,017 3,442 (36,072) (392) 43,999 The following table details the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories. (Dollars in Thousands) 2011 Beginning Balance Provision for Loan Losses Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Ending Balance Period-end amount allocated to: Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Ending Balance 2010 Beginning Balance Provision for Loan Losses Charge-Offs Recoveries Net Charge-Offs Ending Balance Period-end amount allocated to: Loans Individually Evaluated for Impairment Loans Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Ending Balance $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Commercial, Financial, Agricultural Real Estate Construction Real Estate Commercial Mortgage Real Estate Residential Real Estate Home Equity Consumer Unallocated Total 1,544 $ 1,446 1,843 387 1,456 1,534 $ 2,060 $ (827) 114 14 100 1,133 $ 8,645 $ 8,477 6,713 251 6,462 10,660 $ 17,046 $ 6,864 11,870 478 11,392 12,518 $ 2,522 $ 2,383 2,727 214 2,513 2,392 $ 2,612 $ 749 2,924 1,450 1,474 1,887 $ 1,007 $35,436 (96) 18,996 — 26,191 — 2,794 23,397 911 $31,035 311 $ 68 $ 5,828 $ 4,702 $ 239 $ 26 $ — $11,174 1,223 1,534 $ 2,409 $ 883 2,118 370 1,748 1,544 $ 1,065 1,133 $ 4,832 10,660 $ 7,816 12,518 $ 2,153 2,392 $ 1,861 1,887 $ 19,861 911 911 $31,035 12,117 $ (4,188) 5,877 8 5,869 2,060 $ 8,751 $ 8,395 8,762 261 8,501 8,645 $ 14,159 $ 14,670 12,168 385 11,783 17,046 $ 2,201 $ 2,853 3,087 555 2,532 2,522 $ 3,457 $ 1,109 3,502 1,548 1,954 2,612 $ 905 $43,999 23,824 102 — 35,514 — 3,127 — 32,387 1,007 $35,436 252 $ 413 $ 4,640 $ 7,965 $ 1,389 $ 71 $ — $14,730 1,292 1,544 $ 1,647 2,060 $ 4,005 8,645 $ 9,081 17,046 $ 1,133 2,522 $ 2,541 2,612 $ 1,007 20,706 1,007 $35,436 84 The Company’s recorded investment in loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 related to each balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio class and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2011 Individually Evaluated for Impairment Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Total 2010 Individually Evaluated for Impairment Collectively Evaluated for Impairment Total $ $ $ $ Commercial, Financial, Agricultural Real Estate Construction Real Estate Commercial Mortgage Real Estate Residential Real Estate Home Equity Consumer Unallocated Total 1,653 $ 511 $ 65,624 $ 36,324 $ 3,527 $ 143 $ 129,226 130,879 $ 25,856 26,367 $ 573,516 639,140 $ 363,047 399,371 $ 240,736 244,263 $ 188,520 188,663 $ 1,685 $ 2,533 $ 42,369 $ 37,779 $ 3,278 $ 144 $ 155,709 157,394 $ 40,706 43,239 $ 629,333 671,702 $ 392,762 430,541 $ 248,287 251,565 $ 204,086 204,230 $ — $ — — $ — $ — — $ 107,782 1,520,901 1,628,683 87,788 1,670,883 1,758,671 Impaired Loans. Loans are deemed to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due (principal and interest payments), according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Interest income recognized on impaired loans was approximately $4.3 million, $1.4 million, and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009. The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31: (Dollars in Thousands) 2011: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total 2010: Commercial, Financial and Agricultural Real Estate - Construction Real Estate - Commercial Mortgage Real Estate - Residential Real Estate - Home Equity Consumer Total Unpaid Principal Balance Recorded Investment With No Allowance Recorded Investment With Allowance Related Allowance Average Recorded Investment $ $ $ $ 1,653 511 65,624 36,324 3,527 143 107,782 1,684 2,533 42,370 37,780 3,278 143 87,788 $ $ $ $ 671 — 19,987 6,897 645 90 28,290 389 — 9,030 3,295 375 — 13,089 $ $ $ $ 982 511 45,637 29,427 2,882 53 79,492 1,295 2,533 33,340 34,485 2,903 143 74,699 $ $ $ $ 311 68 5,828 4,702 239 26 11,174 252 413 4,640 7,965 1,389 71 14,730 $ $ $ $ 1,554 1,775 50,706 30,988 2,743 90 87,856 2,768 5,801 48,820 41,958 3,087 172 102,606 The average recorded investment in impaired loans was $121 million in 2009. 85 Note 5 INTANGIBLE ASSETS The Company had intangible assets of $85.5 million and $86.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Intangible assets at December 31 were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Core Deposits Intangibles Goodwill Customer Relationship Intangible Total Intangible Assets 2011 2010 Gross Amount Accumulated Amortization Gross Amount Accumulated Amortization $ $ 47,176 84,811 1,867 133,854 $ $ 46,918 — 1,452 48,370 $ $ 47,176 84,811 1,867 133,854 $ $ 46,434 — 1,261 47,695 Net Core Deposit Intangibles. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had net core deposit intangibles of $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Amortization expense for the 12 months of 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $0.5 million, $2.6 million, and $3.9 million, respectively. The estimated annual amortization expense for 2012 is expected to be approximately $0.2 million. All of the core deposit intangible assets will be fully amortized in January 2013. Goodwill: As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, of $84.8 million. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if impairment indicators exist. A goodwill impairment test consists of two steps. Step One compares the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value, Step Two is performed by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit’s implied goodwill to the carrying value of goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the estimated fair value, an impairment charge is recorded equal to the excess. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test. The Step One test indicated that the carrying amount (including goodwill) of the Company’s reporting unit exceeded its estimated fair value. The Step Two test indicated the estimated fair value of our reporting unit’s implied goodwill exceeded its carrying amount. Based on the results of the Step Two analysis, the Company concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2011. Other: As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had a customer relationship intangible asset, net of accumulated amortization, of $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. This intangible asset was recorded as a result of the March 2004 acquisition of trust customer relationships. Amortization expense for the twelve months of 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.2 million. Estimated annual amortization expense is approximately $0.2 million based on use of a 10-year useful life. Note 6 PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT The composition of the Company’s premises and equipment at December 31 was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Land Buildings Fixtures and Equipment Total Accumulated Depreciation Premises and Equipment, Net 2011 2010 $ $ 24,491 115,211 57,066 196,768 (85,777) 110,991 $ $ 24,439 115,031 57,414 196,884 (81,528) 115,356 86 Note 7 DEPOSITS Interest bearing deposits, by category, as of December 31, were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Other Time Deposits Total Interest Bearing Deposits 2011 828,990 276,910 158,462 289,840 1,554,202 $ $ 2010 770,149 275,416 139,888 372,266 1,557,719 $ $ At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $2.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, in overdrawn deposit accounts were reclassified as loans. Deposits from certain directors, executive officers, and their related interests totaled $16.4 million and $23.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $85.7 million and $130.7 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 and thereafter Total $ $ 250,802 24,567 8,661 3,531 2,279 289,840 Interest expense on deposits for the three years ended December 31, was as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) NOW Accounts Money Market Accounts Savings Accounts Time Deposits < $100,000 Time Deposits > $100,000 Total 2011 2010 2009 890 437 73 1,958 589 3,947 $ $ 1,406 1,299 65 4,602 1,273 8,645 $ $ 1,039 1,288 60 5,362 2,836 10,585 $ $ 87 Note 8 SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS Short-term borrowings included the following: (Dollars in Thousands) 2011 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings 2010 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings 2009 Balance at December 31 Maximum indebtedness at any month end Daily average indebtedness outstanding Average rate paid for the year Average rate paid on period-end borrowings Federal Funds Purchased Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements(1) Other Short-Term Borrowings $ $ $ — $ 7,575 1,213 0.03% —% $ $ 10,275 12,550 6,269 0.02% 0.01% 8,350 93,400 41,702 0.56% 0.01% $ $ $ 43,372 75,525 58,973 0.09% 0.05% 71,633 71,633 16,733 0.12% 0.10% 25,520 46,672 31,270 0.08% 0.18% — 11,222 7,875 3.17% —% 11,020(2) 11,792 4,861 2.84% 3.37% 1,972(2) 21,434 6,349 0.44% 2.79% (1) (2) Balances are fully collateralized by government treasury or agency securities held in the Company’s investment portfolio. Includes FHLB debt and client tax deposit balances of $10.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively at December 31, 2010, and $0.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively at December 31, 2009. Note 9 LONG-TERM BORROWINGS Federal Home Loan Bank Notes. FHLB advances totaled $44.6 million at December 31, 2011 and $60.1 million at December 31, 2010. The advances mature at varying dates from 2013 through 2025 and had a weighted-average rate of 3.98% and 3.95% at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The FHLB advances are collateralized by a blanket floating lien on all 1-4 family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate mortgage loans, and home equity mortgage loans. Interest on the FHLB advances is paid on a monthly basis. Scheduled minimum future principal payments on FHLB advances at December 31, 2011 were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 and thereafter Total $ $ 3,225 9,677 6,882 5,431 2,117 17,274 44,606 88 Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes. The Company has issued two junior subordinated deferrable interest notes to wholly owned Delaware statutory trusts. The first note for $30.9 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust I. The second note for $32.0 million was issued to CCBG Capital Trust II. The two trusts are considered variable interest entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of the trusts are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information about the Company’s consolidation policy. Details of the Company’s transaction with the two trusts are provided below. In November 2004, CCBG Capital Trust I issued $30.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the trust. The interest payments are due quarterly at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.90%, adjusted quarterly. The trust preferred securities will mature on December 31, 2034, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time after December 31, 2009 and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. CCBG Capital Trust I also issued $928,000 of common equity securities to CCBG. The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $30.9 million junior subordinated deferrable interest note issued by the Company, which has terms similar to the trust preferred securities. In May 2005, CCBG Capital Trust II issued $31.0 million of trust preferred securities which represent interest in the assets of the trust. The interest payments are due quarterly at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.80%, adjusted annually. The trust preferred securities will mature on June 15, 2035, and are redeemable upon approval of the Federal Reserve in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time after May 20, 2010 and in whole at any time upon occurrence of certain events affecting their tax or regulatory capital treatment. Distributions on the trust preferred securities are payable quarterly on March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each year. CCBG Capital Trust II also issued $959,000 of common equity securities to CCBG. The proceeds of the offering of trust preferred securities and common equity securities were used to purchase a $32.0 million junior subordinated deferrable interest note issued by the Company, which has terms substantially similar to the trust preferred securities. The Company has the right to defer payments of interest on the two notes at any time or from time to time for a period of up to twenty consecutive quarterly interest payment periods. Under the terms of each note, in the event that under certain circumstances there is an event of default under the note or the Company has elected to defer interest on the note, the Company may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any dividends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock. As of February 2012, in consultation with the Federal Reserve, the Company elected to defer the interest payments on the notes. The Company will, however, continue the accrual of interest on the notes in accordance with their contractual obligations. The Company has entered into agreements to guarantee the payments of distributions on the trust preferred securities and payments of redemption of the trust preferred securities. Under these agreements, the Company also agrees, on a subordinated basis, to pay expenses and liabilities of the two trusts other than those arising under the trust preferred securities. The obligations of the Company under the two junior subordinated notes, the trust agreements establishing the two trusts, the guarantee and agreement as to expenses and liabilities, in aggregate, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the two trusts’ obligations under the two trust preferred security issuances. Despite the fact that the accounts of CCBG Capital Trust I and CCBG Capital Trust II are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the $30.0 million and $31.0 million, respectively, in trust preferred securities issued by these subsidiary trusts are included in the Tier I Capital of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. as allowed by Federal Reserve guidelines. Note 10 INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes reflected in the statements of operations is comprised of the following components: (Dollars in Thousands) Current: Federal State Deferred: Federal State Valuation Allowance Total 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 3,124 424 (1,828) (1,350) 259 629 $ $ (5,392) 525 3,990 (2,158) 66 (2,969) $ $ 2,340 417 (5,767) (2,475) 149 (5,336) 89 Income taxes provided were different than the tax expense computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pre-tax income as a result of the following: (Dollars in Thousands) Tax Expense at Federal Statutory Rate Increases (Decreases) Resulting From: Tax-Exempt Interest Income Change in Reserve for Uncertain Tax Position State Taxes, Net of Federal Benefit Other Change in Valuation Allowance Actual Tax Expense 2011 2010 2009 $ 1,934 $ (1,184) $ (3,083) (612) (168) (602) (182) 259 629 $ (955) 127 (1,062) 39 66 (2,969) $ (1,533) 687 (1,337) (219) 149 (5,336) $ Deferred income tax liabilities and assets result from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting purposes and for income tax return purposes. These assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are currently in effect. The net deferred tax asset and the temporary differences comprising that balance at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Deferred Tax Assets attributable to: Allowance for Loan Losses Associate Benefits Accrued Pension/SERP Interest on Nonperforming Loans State Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carry-Forwards Federal Capital Loss and Credit Carry-Forwards Intangible Assets Core Deposit Intangible Contingency Reserve Accrued Expense Leases Other Real Estate Owned Other Total Deferred Tax Assets Deferred Tax Liabilities attributable to: Depreciation on Premises and Equipment Deferred Loan Fees and Costs Net Unrealized Gains on Investment Securities Intangible Assets Accrued Pension/SERP Securities Accretion Market Value on Loans Held for Sale Other Total Deferred Tax Liabilities Valuation Allowance Net Deferred Tax Assets 2011 2010 11,973 297 15,448 580 4,119 287 198 2,487 241 437 410 10,551 895 47,923 6,843 2,907 880 2,819 3,368 — — 1,638 18,455 1,118 28,350 $ $ $ $ 13,671 297 10,313 807 3,541 — 173 3,195 52 466 407 7,052 1,008 40,982 6,411 4,127 677 2,519 4,256 2 72 1,560 19,624 859 20,499 $ $ $ $ In the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets, with the exception of the separate state net operating loss carry- forward of CCBG, the separate state net operating loss carry-forwards of an inactive subsidiary, and certain of the Bank’s separate state tax credit carry- forwards, will be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance for CCBG’s separate state net operating loss carry-forward was recorded in 2008 and increased for CCBG’s additional state operating loss carry-forward generated in 2009 through 2011. This valuation allowance at year-end 2011 was $0.9 million. In addition, a valuation allowance for the inactive subsidiary’s separate state net operating loss carry-forwards and for certain of the Bank’s state tax credit carry- forwards was recorded in 2011 in the amount of $0.2 million. At year-end 2011, the Company had state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $100 million, which expire at various dates from 2023 through 2031, federal capital loss carry-forwards of approximately $0.1 million that expire in 2015, and federal alternative minimum tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $0.3 million that never expire. The Bank also has state tax credit carry-forwards of approximately $0.7 million, which expire at various dates from 2012 through 2016. 90 Changes in net deferred income tax assets were: (Dollars in Thousands) Balance at Beginning of Year Income Tax Benefit From Change in Pension Liability Income Tax (Expense) Benefit From Change in Unrealized (Gains) Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities Income Tax Benefit From Changes in Other Temporary Impairment of Securities Deferred Income Tax Benefit (Expense) on Continuing Operations Balance at End of Year 2011 2010 20,499 5,135 (203) — 2,919 28,350 $ $ 21,466 628 72 231 (1,898) 20,499 $ $ The Company had unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 of $4.6 million, $4.8 million, and $4.6 million, respectively, of which $3.0 million would increase income from continuing operations, and thus impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if ultimately recognized into income. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefit is as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Balance at January 1, Additions Based on Tax Positions Related to Current Year Decrease Due to Lapse in Statue of Limitations Decrease Based on Tax Positions Related to Prior Year Balance at December 31 2011 2010 2009 $ $ 4,770 522 (715) — 4,577 $ $ 4,589 611 (430) — 4,770 $ $ 3,916 673 — — 4,589 It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued relative to unrecognized tax benefits in their respective federal or state income taxes accounts. The total amounts of interest and penalties recorded in the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $(43,000), $9,000, and $250,000, respectively. The amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $1.1 million for each respective year. No significant increases or decreases in the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits are expected in the next 12 months. The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return, as well as file various returns in states where its banking offices are located. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state tax examinations for years before 2008. 91 Note 11 STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION As of December 31, 2011, the Company had three stock-based compensation plans, consisting of the 2011 Associate Incentive Plan (“AIP”), the 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (“ASPP”), and the 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan (“DSPP”). These plans, which were approved by the shareowners in April 2011, replaced substantially similar plans approved by the shareowners in 2004. Total compensation expense associated with these plans for 2009 through 2011 was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. AIP. The Company’s AIP allows the Company’s Board of Directors to award key associates various forms of equity-based incentive compensation. In 2011, the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the AIP, created the 2011 Incentive Plan (“2011 Plan”), under which all participants in the 2011 plan were eligible to earn performance shares. Awards under the 2011 Plan were tied to an internally established earnings goal. The grant-date fair value of the shares eligible to be awarded in 2011 was approximately $0.9 million. A total of 51,952 shares were eligible for issuance. No performance shares were awarded in 2011. For 2009 through 2011, the Company recognized no expense for the AIP or a predecessor plan. 875,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the AIP. The Company issued no shares of common stock under the 2011 AIP. Executive Stock Option Agreement. Prior to 2007, the Company maintained a stock option program for a key executive officer (William G. Smith, Jr. - Chairman, President and CEO, CCBG). The status of the options granted under this arrangement is detailed in the table provided below. In 2007, the Company replaced its practice of entering into an annual stock option arrangement by establishing a Performance Share Unit Plan under the provisions of the ASIP that allows the executive to earn shares based on the compound annual growth rate in diluted earnings per share over a three-year period. For 2009 through 2011, the Company recognized no expense related to this plan. A summary of the status of the Company’s option shares is presented below: Options Outstanding at January 1, 2011 Granted Exercised Forfeited or expired Outstanding at December 31, 2011 Exercisable at December 31, 2011 Weighted- Average Exercise Price Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term Aggregate Intrinsic Value 32.79 — — — 32.79 32.79 $ $ $ 3.9 — — — 2.9 2.9 $ $ $ — — — — — — Shares 60,384 — — — 60,384 60,384 $ $ $ DSPP. The Company’s DSPP allows the directors to purchase the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 90% of the closing price on the date of purchase. Stock purchases under the DSPP are limited to the amount of the directors’ annual retainer and meeting fees. The DSPP has 150,000 shares reserved for issuance. For 2011, the Company issued 21,872 shares under the DSPP and recognized approximately $23,000 in expense related to this plan. For 2010, the Company issued 22,152 shares and recognized approximately $26,000 in expense related to the DSPP. In 2009, 19,300 shares were issued and approximately $26,000 in expense was recognized under the DSPP. ASPP. Under the Company’s ASPP, substantially all associates may purchase the Company’s common stock through payroll deductions at a price equal to 90% of the lower of the fair market value at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period. Stock purchases under the ASPP are limited to 10% of an associate’s eligible compensation, up to a maximum of $25,000 (fair market value on each enrollment date) in any plan year. Shares are issued at the beginning of the quarter following each six-month offering period. The ASPP has 593,750 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. For 2011, the Company issued 38,210 shares under the ASPP and recognized approximately $72,000 in expense related to this plan. For 2010, the Company issued 41,486 shares and recognized approximately $109,000 in expense related to the ASPP. For 2009, the Company issued 29,804 shares and recognized approximately $144,000 in expense under the ASPP. Based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the weighted average estimated fair value of each of the purchase rights granted under the ASPP was $1.74 for 2011. For 2010 and 2009, the weighted average fair value purchase right granted was $2.67 and $5.97, respectively. In calculating compensation, the fair value of each stock purchase right was estimated on the date of grant using the following weighted average assumptions: Dividend yield Expected volatility Risk-free interest rate Expected life (in years) 2011 2010 2009 3.5% 31.0% 0.2% 0.5 4.4% 41.0% 0.2% 0.5 3.7% 67.5% 0.3% 0.5 92 Note 12 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Pension Plan The Company sponsors a noncontributory pension plan covering substantially all of its associates. Benefits under this plan generally are based on the associate’s total years of service and average of the five highest years of compensation during the ten years immediately preceding their departure. The Company’s general funding policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set by law and to ensure deductibility for federal income tax purposes. The following table details on a consolidated basis the components of pension expense, the funded status of the plan, amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition, and major assumptions used to determine these amounts. (Dollars in Thousands) Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year Service Cost Interest Cost Actuarial Loss/(Gain) Benefits Paid Expenses Paid Plan Amendment Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year Change in Plan Assets: Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year Actual Return on Plan Assets Employer Contributions Benefits Paid Expenses Paid Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition: Other Assets Other Liabilities Amounts (Pre-Tax) Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Losses Prior Service Cost Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs: Service Cost Interest Cost Expected Return on Plan Assets Amortization of Prior Service Costs Net Loss Amortization Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions: Weighted-average used to determine benefit obligations: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase Measurement Date Weighted-average used to determine net cost: Discount Rate Expected Return on Plan Assets Rate of Compensation Increase 93 2011 2010 2009 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 97,393 6,027 5,243 9,430 (1,846) (245) 171 116,173 94,121 84,658 277 5,000 (1,846) (245) 87,844 $ $ $ $ $ 83,749 5,691 4,733 5,201 (1,776) (205) — 97,393 77,100 79,547 7,092 — (1,776) (205) 84,658 $ $ $ $ $ — $ 28,330 — $ 12,735 38,924 2,060 6,027 5,243 (6,555) 462 2,223 7,400 $ $ $ 25,438 2,351 5,691 4,733 (6,194) 509 2,088 6,827 $ $ $ 79,607 5,593 4,588 (2,977) (2,829) (233) — 83,749 64,889 66,363 8,246 8,000 (2,829) (233) 79,547 — 4,202 23,224 2,860 5,593 4,588 (5,060) 509 2,954 8,584 5.00% 4.00% 12/31/11 5.55% 4.25% 12/31/10 5.75% 4.50% 12/31/09 5.55% 8.00% 4.25% 5.75% 8.00% 4.50% 6.00% 8.00% 5.50% Other Comprehensive Income. The estimated amounts that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Actuarial Loss Prior Service Cost Total 2012 3,430 359 3,789 $ $ Plan Assets. The Company’s pension plan asset allocation at year-end 2011 and 2010, and the target asset allocation for 2012 is as follows: Equity Securities Debt Securities Cash Equivalent Total Target Allocation 2012 Percentage of Plan Assets at Year-End (1) 2011 2010 65% 30% 5% 100% 51% 33% 16% 100% 50% 36% 14% 100% (1) Represents asset allocation at year-end which may differ from the average target allocation for the year due to the year-end cash contribution to the plan. The Company’s pension plan assets are overseen by the CCBG Retirement Committee. Capital City Trust Company acts as the investment manager for the plan. The investment strategy is to maximize return on investments while minimizing risk. The Company believes the best way to accomplish this goal is to take a conservative approach to its investment strategy by investing in high-grade equity and debt securities. The overall expected long-term rate of return on assets is a weighted-average expectation for the return on plan assets. The Company considers historical performance data and economic/financial data to arrive at expected long-term rates of return for each asset category. The major categories of assets in the Company’s pension plan as of year-end are presented in the following table. Assets are segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy established by ASC Topic 820 utilized to measure fair value (see Note 19 – Fair Value Measurements). (Dollars in Thousands) Level 1: U.S. Treasury Common Stocks Mutual Funds Cash and Cash Equivalents Level 2: U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations Total Fair Value of Plan Assets 94 2011 2010 $ $ 4,039 14,084 44,382 12,287 4,837 11,935 40,267 11,374 13,052 16,245 $ 87,844 $ 84,658 Expected Benefit Payments. As of December 31, 2011, expected benefit payments related to the defined benefit pension plan were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 through 2021 Total $ $ 5,509 6,207 7,291 9,071 7,775 46,669 82,522 Contributions. The following table details the amounts contributed to the pension plan in 2011 and 2010, and the expected amount to be contributed in 2012. (Dollars in Thousands) Actual Contributions 2011 2010 (1) $ 5,000 $ — Expected Range of Contribution 2012 (2) $6,000 - $8,000 (1) (2) For 2010, the Company did not make a contribution to its pension plan due to adequacy of its funding level. For 2012, the Company will have the option to make a cash contribution to the plan or utilize pre-funding balances. 95 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) covering selected executive officers. Benefits under this plan generally are based on the same service and compensation as used for the pension plan, except the benefits are calculated without regard to the limits set by the Internal Revenue Code on compensation and benefits. The net benefit payable from the SERP is the difference between this gross benefit and the benefit payable by the pension plan. The following table details the components of the SERP’s periodic benefit cost, the funded status of the plan, amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition, and major assumptions used to determine these amounts. (Dollars in Thousands) Change in Projected Benefit Obligation: Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year Service Cost Interest Cost Actuarial Gain Plan Amendment Projected Benefit Obligation at End of Year Accumulated Benefit Obligation at End of Year Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition: Other Liabilities Amounts (Pre-Tax) Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: Net Actuarial Gain Prior Service Cost Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs: Service Cost Interest Cost Amortization of Prior Service Cost Net Gain Amortization Net Periodic Benefit Cost Assumptions: Weighted-average used to determine the benefit obligations: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase Measurement Date Weighted-average used to determine the net cost: Discount Rate Rate of Compensation Increase 96 2011 2010 2009 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,001 — 147 (151) 33 3,030 3,030 3,030 (1,490) 547 $ $ $ $ $ 3,174 — 150 (323) — 3,001 2,996 3,001 (1,753) 694 $ $ $ $ $ — $ 147 180 (413) (86) $ — $ 150 180 (424) (94) $ 5,033 20 178 (2,057) — 3,174 2,889 3,174 (1,854) 874 20 178 180 (350) 28 5.00% 4.00% 5.55% 4.25% 5.75% 4.50% 12/31/11 12/31/10 12/31/09 5.50% 4.25% 5.75% 4.50% 6.00% 5.50% Expected Benefit Payments. As of December 31, 2011, expected benefit payments related to the SERP were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 through 2021 Total 401(k) Plan $ $ 337 330 386 398 184 175 1,810 The Company has a 401(k) Plan which enables associates to defer a portion of their salary on a pre-tax basis. The plan covers substantially all associates of the Company who meet minimum age requirements. The plan is designed to enable participants to elect to have an amount from 1% to 15% of their compensation withheld in any plan year placed in the 401(k) Plan trust account. Matching contributions of 50% from the Company are made up to 6% of the participant’s compensation for eligible associates. During 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company made matching contributions of $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. The participant may choose to invest their contributions into twenty-four investment options available to 401(k) participants, including the Company’s common stock. A total of 50,000 shares of CCBG common stock have been reserved for issuance. These shares have historically been purchased in the open market. Other Plans The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan. A total of 250,000 shares have been reserved for issuance. In recent years, shares for the Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan have been acquired in the open market and, thus, the Company did not issue any shares under this plan in 2011, 2010 and 2009. Note 13 EARNINGS PER SHARE The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share: (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) Numerator: Net Income (Loss) Denominator: Denominator for Basic Earnings Per Share Weighted-Average Shares Effects of Dilutive Securities Stock Compensation Plans Denominator for Diluted Earnings Per Share Adjusted Weighted-Average Shares and Assumed Conversions Basic Earnings Per Share Diluted Earnings Per Share 2011 2010 2009 $ 4,897 $ (413) $ (3,471) 17,139,558 832 17,075,867 — 17,043,964 — 17,140,390 17,075,867 17,043,964 $ $ 0.29 0.29 $ $ (0.02) $ (0.02) $ (0.20) (0.20) Stock options for 23,138 and 37,246 shares of common stock related to awards earned in 2003 and 2004, respectively, were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2011, 2010 and 2009 because they were anti-dilutive. 97 Note 14 CAPITAL The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements which involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off- balance sheet items. The Company’s capital amounts and classification are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require that the Company maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I Capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier I Capital to average assets. As of December 31, 2011, the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. A summary of actual, required, and capital levels necessary to be considered well-capitalized for Capital City Bank Group, Inc. consolidated and its banking subsidiary, CCB, as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) As of December 31, 2011: Tier I Capital: CCBG CCB Total Capital: CCBG CCB Tier I Leverage: CCBG CCB As of December 31, 2010: Tier I Capital: CCBG CCB Total Capital: CCBG CCB Tier I Leverage: CCBG CCB Actual Required For Capital Adequacy Purposes To Be Well- Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio $ 246,455 246,159 13.96% $ 13.96% 70,964 70,904 270,518 268,317 246,455 246,159 15.32% 15.21% 10.26% 10.26% 141,928 141,809 70,964 70,904 $ 249,619 240,270 13.24% $ 12.77% 75,920 75,734 275,231 263,937 249,619 240,270 14.59% 14.03% 10.10% 9.74% 151,840 151,469 75,920 75,734 4.00% 4.00% 8.00% 8.00% 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 8.00% 8.00% 4.00% 4.00% * 106,356 * 177,261 * 88,630 * 113,601 * 189,336 * 94,668 * 6.00% * 10.00% * 5.00% * 6.00% * 10.00% * 5.00% * Not applicable to bank holding companies. Note 15 DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS Substantially all the Company’s retained earnings are undistributed earnings of its banking subsidiary which are restricted by various regulations administered by federal and state bank regulatory authorities. The approval of the appropriate regulatory authority is required if the total of all dividends declared by a subsidiary bank in any calendar year exceeds the bank’s net profits (as defined) for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years. In addition, pursuant to the Federal Reserve Resolutions, the Bank must receive prior approval from its regulators to issue and declare any further dividends to CCBG. Moreover, CCBG must receive approval from the Federal Reserve to pay any dividends to its shareowners. 98 Note 16 RELATED PARTY INFORMATION At December 31, 2011 and 2010, certain officers and directors were indebted to the Company’s bank subsidiary in the aggregate amount of $20.8 million and $21.8 million, respectively. During 2011, $30.8 million in new loans were made and repayments totaled $31.8 million. In the opinion of management, these loans were made on similar terms as loans to other individuals of comparable creditworthiness and were all current at year-end. Under a lease agreement expiring in 2024, the Bank leases land from a partnership in which several directors and officers have an interest. The lease agreement with Smith Interests General Partnership L.L.P. provides for annual lease payments of approximately $136,000, to be adjusted for inflation in future years. Note 17 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION Components of other noninterest income and noninterest expense in excess of 1% of the sum of total interest income and noninterest income, which are not disclosed separately elsewhere, are presented below for each of the respective years. (Dollars in Thousands) Noninterest Income: Merchant Fee Income Interchange Commission Fees ATM/Debit Card Fees Noninterest Expense: Maintenance Agreements - FF&E Legal Fees Professional Fees Interchange Fees Telephone Advertising Processing Services Insurance - Other Printing and Supplies Postage (1) Less than 1% of the appropriate threshold. Note 18 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 2011 2010 2009 $ 1(1) $ 5,622 4,519 3,114 4,106 3,832 4(1) 1,895 2,471 3,708 4,474 1,321(1) 1,780 $ 1,118(1) 5,077 4,123 3,185 4,301 4,338 955(1) 2,059 2,905 3,651 6,324 1,455(1) 1,650 2,359 4,432 3,515 3,225 3,975 4,501 1,929 2,227 3,285 3,591 5,167 1,882 1,711 Lending Commitments. The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its clients. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss under standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in establishing commitments and issuing letters of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. As of December 31, the amounts associated with the Company’s off-balance sheet obligations were as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Commitments to Extend Credit(1) Standby Letters of Credit Total Fixed 38,432 10,920 49,352 2011 Variable 257,081 — 257,081 Total Fixed 295,513 10,920 306,433 66,021 12,675 78,696 2010 Variable 264,746 — 264,746 Total 330,767 12,675 343,442 (1) Commitments include unfunded loans, revolving lines of credit, and other unused commitments. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client so long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. 99 Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities. In general, management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of participating in these types of transactions. However, any potential losses arising from such transactions are reserved for in the same manner as management reserves for its other credit facilities. For both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, the Company requires collateral to support such instruments when it is deemed necessary. The Company evaluates each client’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies, but may include deposits held in financial institutions; U.S. Treasury securities; other marketable securities; real estate; accounts receivable; property, plant and equipment; and inventory. Other Commitments. In the normal course of business, the Company enters into lease commitments which are classified as operating leases. Rent expense incurred under these leases was approximately $0.6 million in 2011, $1.2 million in 2010, and $1.5 million in 2009. Minimum lease payments under these leases due in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2011, are as follows (dollars in millions): 2012, $0.7; 2013, $0.6; 2014, $0.4; 2015, $0.4; 2016, $0.4, thereafter, $4.0. Contingencies. The Company is a party to lawsuits and claims arising out of the normal course of business. In management’s opinion, there are no known pending claims or litigation, the outcome of which would, individually or in the aggregate, have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations, financial position, or cash flows of the Company. Indemnification Obligation. The Company is a member of the Visa U.S.A. network. Visa U.S.A believes that its member banks are required to indemnify it for potential future settlement of certain litigation (the “Covered Litigation”). In 2008, the Company, as a member of the Visa U.S.A. network, obtained Class B shares of Visa, Inc. upon its initial public offering. Since its initial public offering, Visa, Inc. has funded a litigation reserve for the Covered Litigation resulting in a reduction in the Class B shares held by the Company. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company sold its remaining Class B shares resulting in a $3.2 million pre-tax gain. Associated with this sale, the Company entered into a swap contract with the purchaser of the shares that requires a payment to the counterparty in the event that Visa, Inc. makes subsequent revisions to the conversion ratio for its Class B shares. Further information on the swap contract is contained within Note 19 below. Note 19 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows: Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 Inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means. Level 3 Inputs - Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. 100 In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Company’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time. The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value: (Dollars in Thousands) 2011 ASSETS: Securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations State and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities LIABILITIES: Fair Value Swap 2010 Securities available for sale: U.S. Treasury U.S. Government Agencies and Corporations State and Political Subdivisions Mortgage-Backed Securities Other Securities Level 1 Inputs Level 2 Inputs Level 3 Inputs Total Fair Value $ $ $ $ 169,464 14,737 — — — — 162,151 — — — — — $ — 59,094 52,497 11,357 — $ — — — — — 572 — $ — 79,300 56,217 12,064 — $ — — — — 169,464 14,737 59,094 52,497 11,357 572 162,151 — 79,300 56,217 12,064 Non-Financial Assets and Non-Financial Liabilities. Certain financial and non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis are detailed below; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Impaired Loans. On a non-recurring basis, certain impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the liquidation of collateral. The fair value of collateral is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with banking regulations. Collateral values are estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the volatility in the real estate market, and the judgment and estimation involved in the real estate appraisal process. Impaired loans had a carrying value of $107.8 million, with a valuation allowance of $11.2 million, at December 31, 2011 compared to $87.8 million and $14.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Loans Held for Sale. Loans held for sale of $13.8 million, which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, are adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. Fair value is based on observable markets rates for comparable loan products which is considered a level 2 fair value measurement. Other Real Estate Owned. During the 12 months of 2011, certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, were measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses based on the fair value of the foreclosed asset. The fair value of the foreclosed asset is determined by an independent valuation or professional appraisal in conformance with banking regulations. The fair value of foreclosed assets is estimated using Level 3 inputs due to the volatility of the real estate market, and judgment and estimation involved in the real estate valuation process. Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $37.4 million during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011. The Company disposed of $27.8 million in foreclosed assets and recognized subsequent write-downs totaling $5.0 million for properties that were re-valued during the 12 months ended December 31, 2011. The carrying value of foreclosed assets was $62.6 million at December 31, 2011. Fair Value Swap. During the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into a stand-alone derivative contract with the purchaser of its Visa Class B shares. The valuation represents an internally developed estimate of the exposure based upon probability-weighted potential Visa litigation losses and related carrying cost obligations required under the contract. 101 Other Financial Instruments. Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are short-term financial instruments whose carrying values approximate fair value. These items include Cash and Due From Banks, Interest Bearing Deposits with Other Banks, Federal Funds Sold, Federal Funds Purchased, Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements, and Short-Term Borrowings. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. The resulting fair values may be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows. FASB ASC Topic 825 requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis. The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the Company’s other financial instruments are as follows: Loans - The loan portfolio is segregated into categories and the fair value of each loan category is calculated using present value techniques based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risks inherent in each loan category. The calculated present values are then reduced by an allocation of the allowance for loan losses against each respective loan category. Deposits - The fair value of Noninterest Bearing Deposits, NOW Accounts, Money Market Accounts and Savings Accounts are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using present value techniques and rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Subordinated Notes Payable - The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar obligations. Long-Term Borrowings - The fair value of each note is calculated using present value techniques, based upon projected cash flows and estimated discount rates as well as rates being offered for similar debt. Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit - The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. The fair value of these fees is not material. The Company’s financial instruments that have estimated fair values are presented below: (Dollars in Thousands) Financial Assets: Cash Short-Term Investments Investment Securities Loans, Net of Allowance for Loan Losses Total Financial Assets Financial Liabilities: Deposits Short-Term Borrowings Subordinated Notes Payable Long-Term Borrowings Total Financial Liabilities 2011 2010 At December 31, Carrying Value Estimated Fair Value Carrying Value Estimated Fair Value $ $ $ $ 54,953 330,361 307,149 1,597,648 2,290,111 2,172,519 43,372 62,887 44,606 2,323,384 $ $ $ $ 54,953 330,361 307,149 1,485,813 2,178,276 2,173,331 42,021 62,858 47,770 2,325,980 $ $ $ $ 35,410 200,783 309,731 1,723,235 2,269,159 2,103,976 92,928 62,887 50,101 2,309,892 $ $ $ $ 35,410 200,783 309,731 1,675,997 2,221,921 2,105,568 89,287 62,884 52,302 2,310,041 All non-financial instruments are excluded from the above table. The disclosures also do not include certain intangible assets such as client relationships, deposit base intangibles and goodwill. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company. 102 2011 2010 2009 $ — $ — $ 3,364 48 3,412 1,974 1,380 1,251 135 249 440 5,429 (2,017) (666) (1,351) 6,248 4,897 $ Note 20 PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION The operating results of the parent company for the three years ended December 31 are shown below: Parent Company Statements of Operations (Dollars in Thousands) OPERATING INCOME Income Received from Subsidiary Bank: Dividends Overhead Fees Other Income Total Operating Income OPERATING EXPENSE Salaries and Associate Benefits Interest on Subordinated Notes Payable Professional Fees Advertising Legal Fees Other Total Operating Expense Income Before Income Taxes and Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Income Tax Benefit Income Before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Net Income (Loss) The following are condensed statements of financial condition of the parent company at December 31: Parent Company Statements of Financial Condition (Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data) ASSETS Cash and Due From Subsidiary Bank Investment in Subsidiary Bank Other Assets Total Assets LIABILITIES Subordinated Notes Payable Other Liabilities Total Liabilities SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding Common Stock, $.01 par value; 90,000,000 shares authorized; 17,160,274 and 17,100,081 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net of Tax Total Shareowners’ Equity Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity 103 3,059 74 3,133 1,359 2,008 1,185 96 226 623 5,497 (2,364) (771) (1,593) 1,180 (413) 2011 6,269 313,372 3,016 322,657 62,887 7,828 70,715 — 172 37,838 237,461 (23,529) 251,942 322,657 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 35,000 3,209 121 38,330 1,694 3,730 999 202 176 813 7,614 30,716 (1,430) 32,146 (35,617) (3,471) 2010 10,986 314,874 2,693 328,553 62,887 6,647 69,534 — 171 36,920 237,679 (15,751) 259,019 328,553 The cash flows for the parent company for the three years ended December 31 were as follows: Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows (Dollars in Thousands) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net Income (Loss) Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities: Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiary Bank Increase in Other Assets Increase in Other Liabilities Net Cash (Used In) Provided by Operating Activities CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Payment of Dividends Repurchase of Common Stock Issuance of Common Stock Net Cash Used in Financing Activities Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash Cash at Beginning of Period Cash at End of Period Note 21 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 2011 2010 2009 $ 4,897 $ (413) $ (3,471) (6,248) (324) 1,182 (493) (5,142) — 918 (4,224) (4,717) 10,986 6,269 $ (1,180) (97) (203) (1,893) (8,368) — 822 (7,546) (9,439) 20,425 10,986 $ 35,617 (528) 1,325 32,943 (12,959) (1,561) 1,052 (13,468) 19,475 950 20,425 $ FASB Topic ASC 220, “Comprehensive Income” (Formerly SFAS No. 130) requires that certain transactions and other economic events that bypass the income statement be displayed as other comprehensive income. Total comprehensive income is reported in the consolidated statements of changes in shareowners’ equity. Information related to net comprehensive income (loss) is as follows: (Dollars in Thousands) Other Comprehensive Income (Loss): Securities available for sale: Change in net unrealized gain, net of tax expense of $203 and $41 and a net of tax benefit of $460 Retirement plans: Change in funded status of defined benefit pension plan and SERP, net of tax benefit of $5,135, $627, and a net of tax expense $4,441 Net Other Comprehensive (Loss) Gain The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, as of year-end were as follows: Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale Net unfunded liability for defined benefit pension plan and SERP 2011 2010 2009 $ $ $ $ 397 (8,175) (7,778) 1,064 (24,593) (23,529) $ $ $ $ 79 (1,000) (921) 667 (16,418) (15,751) $ $ $ $ (888) 7,072 6,184 588 (15,418) (14,830) 104 Item 9. None. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Item 9A. Controls and Procedures Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of December 31, 2011, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer each concluded that as of December 31, 2011, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we maintained effective disclosure controls and procedures. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our management has concluded we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-15(f), as of December 31, 2011. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is also responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other financial information contained in this report. The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include, as necessary, best estimates and judgments by management. Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011, and opined as to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, as stated in its attestation report, which is included herein on page 106. Change in Internal Control. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has reviewed our internal control. There have been no significant changes in our internal control during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that materially affected, or is likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. Item 9B. Other Information None. 105 The Board of Directors and Shareowners of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We have audited Capital City Bank Group, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Capital City Bank Group, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, Capital City Bank Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareowners’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and our report dated March 15, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Birmingham, Alabama March 15, 2012 106 Part III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance Incorporated herein by reference to the subsection entitled “Codes of Conduct and Ethics” under the section entitled “Corporate Governance,” “Nominees for Election as Directors,” “Continuing Directors and Executive Officers,” “Share Ownership” and the subsection entitled “Committees of the Board” under the section “Board and Committee Membership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2012. Item 11. Executive Compensation Incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2012. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareowners Matters The 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan were approved by the Registrant’s shareowners. The following table provides certain information regarding the Registrant’s equity compensation plans. Plan Category Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Securities Holders Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Securities Holders Total 60,384(1) — 60,384 $32.79 — $32.79 1,585,814(2) — 1,585,8144 (1) (2) Includes 60,384 shares that may be issued upon exercise of outstanding options under the terminated 1996 Associate Incentive Plan. Consists of 875,000 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Associate Incentive Plan, 573,926 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan, and 136,888 shares available for issuance under our 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan. Of these plans, the only plan under which options may be granted in the future is our 2011 Associate Incentive Plan. The other information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the section captioned “Share Ownership” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2012. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Incorporated herein by reference to the subsections entitled “Related Person Transaction Policy” and “Transactions With Related Persons” under the section entitled “Executive Officers and Transactions with Related Persons” and the subsection entitled “Independent Directors” under the section entitled “Corporate Governance” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2012. Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services Incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Audit Fees and Related Matters” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its Annual Meeting of Shareowners to be held April 24, 2012. 107 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules The following documents are filed as part of this report 1. Financial Statements Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at the End of Fiscal Years 2011 and 2010 Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal Years 2011, 2010, and 2009 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareowners’ Equity for Fiscal Years 2011, 2010, and 2009 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal Years 2011, 2010, and 2009 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 2. Financial Statement Schedules Other schedules and exhibits are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto. 3. Exhibits Required to be Filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K Reg. S-K Exhibit Table Item No. Description of Exhibit 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2 10.3 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Registrant’s 1996 Proxy Statement (filed 4/11/96) (No. 0-13358). Amended and Restated Bylaws - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 11/30/07) (No. 0-13358). See Exhibits 3.1, and 3.2 for provisions of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which define the rights of its shareholders. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Incentive Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). In accordance with Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. not exceeding 10% of the total assets of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries have been omitted; the Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any such instruments to the Commission upon request. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 1996 Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form S-3 (filed 01/30/97) (No. 333-20683). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/27/03) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Registrant’s Form S-8 (filed 09/30/97) (No. 333-36693). 108 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 11 14 21 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 2005 Stock Option Agreement by and between Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and William G. Smith, Jr., dated March 24, 2005 – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/31/05) (No. 0-13358). 2006 Stock Option Agreement by and between Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and William G. Smith, Jr., dated March 23, 2006 – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/29/06) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Plan, as amended – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/29/06) (No. 0-13358). Form of Participant Agreement for the Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q (filed 8/10/06) (No. 0-13358). Form of Participant Agreement for 2008 Stock-Based Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 6/5/08) (No. 0-13358). Form of Participant Agreement for 2009 Stock-Based Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 6/30/09) (No. 0-13358). Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.* Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Code of Ethics for the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Financial Officers - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/11/05) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/13/09) (No. 0-13358). Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.** Certification of CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.LAB 101.PRE 101.DEF XBRL Instance Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document * Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with the provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. ** Filed electronically herewith. 109 Signatures Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on March 15, 2012, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. CAPITAL CITY BANK GROUP, INC. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed on March 15, 2012 by the following persons in the capacities indicated. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 110 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on March 15, 2012, on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. Directors: /s/ DuBose Ausley DuBose Ausley /s/ Thomas A. Barron Thomas A. Barron /s/ Frederick Carroll, III Frederick Carroll, III /s/ Cader B. Cox, III Cader B. Cox, III /s/ J. Everitt Drew J. Everitt Drew /s/ John K. Humphress John K. Humphress /s/ Lina S. Knox Lina S. Knox /s/ Henry Lewis III Henry Lewis III /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. 111 Reg. S-K Exhibit Table Item No. Description of Exhibit Exhibit Index 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Registrant’s 1996 Proxy Statement (filed 4/11/96) (No. 0-13358). Amended and Restated Bylaws - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 11/30/07) (No. 0-13358). See Exhibits 3.1, and 3.2 for provisions of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, which define the rights of its shareholders. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Director Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 2011 Associate Incentive Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 5/2/11) (No. 0-13358). In accordance with Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. not exceeding 10% of the total assets of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries have been omitted; the Registrant agrees to furnish a copy of any such instruments to the Commission upon request. Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 1996 Dividend Reinvestment and Optional Stock Purchase Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Form S-3 (filed 01/30/97) (No. 333-20683). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(d) of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/27/03) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Registrant’s Form S-8 (filed 09/30/97) (No. 333-36693). 2005 Stock Option Agreement by and between Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and William G. Smith, Jr., dated March 24, 2005 – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/31/05) (No. 0-13358). 2006 Stock Option Agreement by and between Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and William G. Smith, Jr., dated March 23, 2006 – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/29/06) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Plan, as amended – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/29/06) (No. 0-13358). Form of Participant Agreement for the Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 10-Q (filed 8/10/06) (No. 0-13358). Form of Participant Agreement for 2008 Stock-Based Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 6/5/08) (No. 0-13358). 112 10.9 11 14 21 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 Form of Participant Agreement for 2009 Stock-Based Incentive Plan – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 6/30/09) (No. 0-13358). Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings.* Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Code of Ethics for the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Financial Officers - incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14 of the Registrant’s Form 8-K (filed 3/11/05) (No. 0-13358). Capital City Bank Group, Inc. Subsidiaries – incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21 of the Registrant’s Form 10-K (filed 3/13/09) (No. 0-13358). Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.** Certification of CEO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.LAB 101.PRE 101.DEF XBRL Instance Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document * Information required to be presented in Exhibit 11 is provided in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K in accordance with the provisions of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. ** Filed electronically herewith. 113 Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. of our reports dated March 15, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Capital City Bank Group, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Capital City Bank, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011: • • • • • • • Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174372) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-18557) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-60113) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-18543) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-120242) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-36693) Registration Statement (Form S-3D No. 333-20683) Birmingham, Alabama March 15, 2011 114 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP Exhibit 31.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, William G. Smith, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 15, 2012 115 Exhibit 31.2 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 I, J. Kimbrough Davis, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Capital City Bank Group, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: March 15, 2012 116 Exhibit 32.1 Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein. /s/ William G. Smith, Jr. William G. Smith, Jr. Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 15, 2012 117 Exhibit 32.2 Certification of CEO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that (1) this Annual Report of Capital City Bank Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (this “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations as of and for the periods covered therein. /s/ J. Kimbrough Davis J. Kimbrough Davis Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Date: March 15, 2012 118  www.ccbg.com 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above